You are on page 1of 158

Product Reference Manual

www.atlassteels.com.au

Contents
SECTION
1

Introduction Stainless Steels and Special Metals

Stainless Steel Sheet, Coil and Plate

Ferritic Stainless Steels Sheet, Coil and Plate

Stainless Steel Pipe, Fittings and Flanges

Stainless Steel Tube and Fittings

Carbon Steel Pipe, Fittings, Flanges and Tube

Stainless Steel Bar (Round, Flat, Angle, Sections and Wire)

Engineering Steel Bar

Aluminium Sheet, Coil, Plate and Treadplate

10

Quenched and Tempered Low Alloy Steel Plate

11

Product Support Services

12

Appendices

www.atlasste els.com.au

Introduction stainless
steels and special metals

Introduction stainless
steels and special metals

Photography courtesy of Tieman, Stoddart, Outokumpu, Macweld and *Corbis (copyright).

www.atlasste els.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION

Introduction
Welcome to Atlas Steels, the leading stockist and distributor of stainless steels
and special metals for Australia and New Zealand.
This Reference Manual provides information on the range and grades of
stainless and special metals we distribute. It also contains general technical
information that may be of interest to users and outlines the processing
facilities and services provided to our customers.

Atlas Steels The Company


In 1918 Atlas Steels began the manufacturing of tool steels in Canada and by 1938 was
the major producer of tool and specialty steels in the country. In the years since 1918
many of the businesses that Atlas started world wide have been absorbed into other
companies and today the only one still remaining and maintaining the Atlas name in the
specialty metals industry is the Australasian offshoot, which evolved from the Canadian
parent when they established operations in Australia in 1939.
In many respects the Atlas of today with operations in Australia and New Zealand,
remains true to the vision of its forefathers and still retains its focus and strength in
specialty metals but with a larger products base in stainless steels, alloy steels, aluminium
and carbon steels in specialised applications.
The Atlas of today is a fully Australian owned private company, with a distribution
warehousing and metals processing network that encompasses 19 major cities and
towns across Australia and New Zealand.
For more information about Atlas, please visit our website at www.atlassteels.com.au

Conducting business with Atlas Steels


Atlas, over many years of participation in the specialty metals industry, has built a level
of knowledge and expertise that has helped to build the company to be the largest in its
market and offer superior customer service. We do this by providing:
a comprehensive range of specialty metal products;
locations in all States of Australia and New Zealand;
personnel who can readily understand the specic needs of product users;
nationally integrated, computer-based stocking and inventory control systems;
extensive global product sourcing network from reputable mills;
warehouse facilities, systems and procedures that cater to the needs of processing and
handling specialty metals;

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

1
S1

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION

a company-wide quality system accredited to ISO9001;


trained technical support personnel;
project services dedicated to supplying products to major resource and infrastructure
projects in any region of the world.
There is limited production of specialty metals in Australia and New Zealand, with
the majority being imported from overseas mills. Because of this it is most important
that users have a high level of condence in the product and services supplied by
specialty metals stockists/distributors.

2
S1

Atlas has, through years of participation in the industry, established a network of


reputable mill suppliers to service its customers. These mills have been chosen following
a rigorous selection process based on Atlas criteria of mill adherence to strict product
quality standards, history of reliable supply and support for product in the eld.

2
S2

Atlas supports its customers and suppliers with experienced technical personnel and
sales personnel trained extensively to understand the product qualities and applications
associated with specialty metals.

Terms and conditions of sale


Refer to www.atlassteels.com.au

Limitation of liability
The information contained in this handbook is not intended to be an exhaustive
statement of all relevant data applicable to special and general metal products. It has
been designed as a guide for customers to the products and services Atlas Steels can
offer. No responsibility is implied or accepted for or in conjunction with quality or
standard of any product or its suitability for any purpose or use.
It is the responsibility of the user to ensure product specied is t for the purpose
intended.
All conditions, warranties, obligations and liabilities of any kind which are or may be
implied or imposed to the contrary by any statute, rule or regulation or under the
general law and whether arising from the negligence of the company, its servants
or otherwise are hereby excluded except to the extent that the company may be
prevented by any statute, rule or regulation from doing so.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION STAINLESS STEELS AND SPECIAL METALS

The grades and properties of


stainless steel
Introduction
The group of alloys which today make up the family of stainless steels had their
beginnings in 1913 in Sheffield, England. Harry Brearley was testing a number of alloys
for possible gun barrel steels and observed that samples cut from one of these trial
heats did not rust. Upon investigation it was shown to contain 13% chromium and
this discovery lead to the development of stainless for use in cutlery, for which Sheffield
became famous. Coincidentally, at about the same time, development work was also
being carried out in France and Germany, which resulted in the production of the rst
austenitic stainless steel.

The families of stainless steel


Stainless steels are iron-based alloys containing a minimum of about 10.5% chromium.
The chromium forms a protective self-healing oxide lm, which is the reason why this
group of steels has its characteristic stainlessness or corrosion resistance. The ability
of the oxide layer to heal itself means that the steel is corrosion-resistant, no matter
how much of the surface is removed.
Although all stainless steels depend on the presence of chromium, other alloying
elements are often added to enhance their properties. The categorisation of stainless
steels is unusual amongst metals in that it is based upon the nature of their metallurgical
structure. Depending on the exact chemical composition of the steel the microstructure
may be made up of the stable phases of austenite or ferrite, a duplex mix of these two,
the phase martensite created when some steels are rapidly quenched from a high
temperature, or a structure hardened by precipitated micro-constituents.
The broader group of stainless steels can be viewed by comparison to the more familiar
plain carbon mild steels as having the following general characteristics:
higher work hardening rate;
higher ductility;
higher strength and hardness;
higher hot strength;
higher corrosion resistance;
higher cryogenic toughness; and
lower magnetic response (for austenitic only).
These properties apply particularly to the austenitic grades and to varying degrees to
other grades.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

3
S1

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION STAINLESS STEELS AND SPECIAL METALS

Austenitic stainless steels


This group contains at least 16% chromium and 6% nickel (the basic grade 304 is
referred to as 18/8) and range through to the high alloys or super austenitics such as
904L and 6% molybdenum grades.
Additional elements can be added such as molybdenum, titanium or copper, to modify
or improve stainless properties, and making them suitable for many critical applications
involving high temperature as well as corrosion resistance. This group of stainless steels
is also suitable for cryogenic applications because the effect of the nickel content in
making the steel austenitic avoids the problems of brittleness at low temperatures,
which is a characteristic of other types of steel.

4
S1

The characteristics of the austenitic stainless steels are:


good corrosion resistance;
weldable using standard methods and equipment;
excellent ductility;
stable austenite structure at all temperatures;
cannot be hardened by heat treatment;
harden rapidly when cold worked;
good strength and scaling resistance at high temperatures;
excellent cryogenic properties; and
non-magnetic when annealed.

Ferritic stainless steels


These are plain chromium (10.5 to 30%) grades such as grade 430 and 409. Their
moderate corrosion resistance is improved in the higher alloyed grades (such as 444) and
poor fabrication properties improved in the proprietary grade AtlasCR12.
The characteristics of the ferritic grades are:
good resistance to corrosion, but generally not as good as the austenitics;
not as readily welded as austenitics;
good ductility;
cannot be hardened by heat treatment;
can only be moderately hardened by cold work;
fully magnetic;
not suitable for use at very low temperatures;
stable ferrite structure at all temperatures; and
immune from chloride stress corrosion cracking.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION STAINLESS STEELS AND SPECIAL METALS

Martensitic stainless steels


Martensitic stainless steels are also based on the addition of chromium as the major
alloying element but with a higher carbon and generally lower chromium content than
the ferritic type, e.g. 12% in grades 410 and 416. Grade 431 has a chromium content
of about 16% but its microstructure is still martensite despite the chromium level due
to the addition of 2% nickel in the composition. The martensitic grades are used in the
hardened condition for high strength applications (eg pump shafts) and high hardness
applications (eg knife blades).
The characteristics of martensitic stainless steels are:
hardenable by heat treatment (quenching and tempering);
magnetic; and
have moderate corrosion resistance.

Precipitation hardening stainless steels


These are chromium and nickel containing steels, which can develop very high tensile
strengths. The most common grade in this group is 17-4PH, also known as grade 630, with
the composition of 17% chromium, 4% nickel, 4% copper and 0.3% niobium. The major
advantage of these steels is that they can be supplied in the solution-treated condition, which
is machinable. Following machining, forming, etc. the steel can be hardened by a single, fairly
low temperature aging heat treatment which does not cause distortion to the component.
The most common applications are shafts and spindles.
The characteristics of the precipitation hardening steels are:
hardenable by heat treatment (solution treatment and ageing);
magnetic; and
have moderate corrosion resistance.

Duplex stainless steels


Duplex stainless steels such as 2205 (designation indicates 22% chromium and 5%
nickel but also contains 3% molybdenum and 0.15% nitrogen) have microstructures
comprising a mixture of austenite and ferrite.
Duplex austenitic-ferritic steels combine some of the characteristics of each class.
Resistant to stress corrosion cracking, albeit not quite as resistant as ferritic grades.
Toughness is superior to ferritics but inferior to that of austenitics.
Strength is greater than that of the annealed austenitic steels by a factor of two.
Corrosion resistance is high for most grades.
They do suffer from reduced toughness below -50C and after exposure above
300C, so are only used between these temperatures.
Highly resistant to choloride stress corrosion cracking.

Printed July 2010

5
S1

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION STAINLESS STEELS AND SPECIAL METALS

Standard classications
There are many different grades of stainless steel and the American Iron and Steel
Institute (AISI) in the past designated some as standard compositions, resulting in the
commonly used three-digit numbering system, e.g. 304, 316, etc. This role has now
been taken over by the SAE and ASTM who allocate UNS numbers to new grades.
The full range of these standard stainless steel grades is contained in the Iron and Steel
Society (ISS) Steel Products Manual for Stainless Steels and in the SAE/ASTM handbook
of Unied Numbering Systems.

6
S1

Although the majority of stainless steel products sold in Australia and New Zealand
are supplied to American ASTM specications, we see some references to European
Euronorms. These use different grade designations, both numbers and names.

ASTM Grade

304

304L

316

316L

430

2205

UNS No.

S30400

S30403

S31600

S31603

S43000

S32205

EN No.

1.4301

1.4306

1.4401

1.4404

1.4016

1.4462

X5CrNi18010

X2CrNi19-11

X6Cr17

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

EN Name

X5CrNiMo17-12-2 X2CrNiMo17-12-2

Certain other grades do not have standard numbers but instead are covered by other
national and international specications for specialised products.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

Stainless Steel Sheet,


Coil and Plate

Stainless Steel Sheet,


Coil and Plate

Photography courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors (AMP), Outokumpu and JMA Engineering.

www.atlasste els.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

Stainless steel sheet,


coil, strip and plate
Specication
ASTM A240M. Chromium and chromium-nickel stainless steel plate, sheet and strip for
pressure vessels and for general applications.
ASTM 480M. General requirements for at rolled stainless and heat-resisting steel plate,
sheet and strip.

Production
Stainless steel coil and plate consumed by the Australian and New Zealand market is
supplied from mills throughout the world in hot rolled and cold rolled conditions.
Product

Production process

Description

Abbreviation

1
S2

Hot rolled

Hot rolled, annealed


and pickled.

Condition and nish preferred for corrosionresisting and heat-resisting applications.


Typically available in thickness 5mm and above.

No.1 or HRAP

Cold rolled

Hot rolled, annealed,


descaled, cold rolled,
annealed, pickled,
nal skin pass rolled.

Smooth nish achieved by cold rolling, then


annealing and pickling, followed by skin pass
rolling. Typically available in thickness up
to 8mm.

2B

Stainless steel at products from coil


The internationally recognised crossover thickness between what is referred to as sheet
and plate is 5.0mm. This is specied in ASTM A480M.
Therefore, sheet is thickness less than 5.0mm and plate is 5.0mm and over.
It is common practice for large stainless steel coils to be brought into Australia and
processed by a specialty metals service centre into smaller coils, sheet, strip and plate.
Product over 12mm is brought into Australia as plate only.
The range of stock of stainless steel at products produced from large coil is limited to
mill production constraints in thickness, width and grade and the processing equipment
at the coil service centre.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

Flat products processing line

Polisher

Jumbo coil

to cut to length line

to coil/narrow strip line

Sheets

Cut to length line


1 tonne coil

Decoil and slit

2
S2

Narrow strips

Surface nishes
The following stainless steel nishes are commonly used in the Australian and
New Zealand market.
Finish

Description

2B

The general-purpose, cold rolled, smooth nish obtained as a result of a nal light pass through
polished rolls at the mill.

BA

Bright annealed nish is a bright, cold rolled, highly reective nish retained by nal annealing
in a controlled atmosphere furnace. The nish has large application in the appliance and
automotive industry and as a decorative nish in architecture.
The brightness and reectivity is a function of thickness and grade. Consultation is recommended
prior to specication in architectural applications. BA nish is usually supplied with a PE or PVC
coating as a surface protection.

No.4

Produced from 2B nish often by a service centre rather than the production mill.
It is a general-purpose ground polished nish used widely for kitchen equipment and applications
requiring a decorative linished nish. No.4 nish is usually supplied with a PE or PVC coating as a
surface protection.

No.8

Highly reective mirror nish. Produced from 2B nish by polishing with successive ner
abrasives followed by extensive buffing. Mainly used in architectural applications.

Customer-specic

A service centre with polishing equipment can produce special nishes for specic applications.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: THE ATLAS STEELS BULK COIL STOCKING PROGRAM

The Atlas Steels bulk coil


stocking program
Stainless steel sheet, coil and strip 0.45mm to less than 5mm thick
ASTM A240M
From many years of experience Atlas Steels has determined the popular
range of grades, widths and thicknesses to be held in its coil program to service customer demand.
The standard range is as follows.
Coil and strip
Grade

Thickness (mm)

304
316

0.45
0.55
0.70
0.90

304
316

Coil width (mm)

Sheet
Finish

Coating

914
1219

2B
No.4
BA

PE

1.20
1.50
1.60
2.00

914
1219
1500

2B
No.4
BA

PE

304
316

2.50
3.00

914
1219
1500

2B
No.4

PE

304
316

1.50
1.60
2.00
3.00

2000

2B

PE

304/304L
316/316L

4.00

1500
2000

2B
No.1

PE

430

0.70
0.90

914
1219

2B
BA
No.4

PE

AtlasCR12
AtlasCR12Ti

1.20
1.60
2.00
3.00

1250
1500

2B

4.00

1250
1500

No.1

AtlasF20S

0.70
0.90
1.20
1.50
2.00

1219

2B
No. 4

PE

Atlas444

0.70
0.90
1.20
1.50
2.00

1219
1500

2B
No. 4

PE

*Length (mm)
Imperial
Metric

1829
2438
3048
3658

1800
2400
3000
6000

3
S2

Other grades and widths available, but not always ex-stock.


Grades: 301L, 310, 321, 2205, 253MA.
Widths (mm): 600, 750, 900, 1050, 1200, 1524.
Product outside the standard range can be indented from overseas mills or stocked by special
arrangement.
*Through our processing facilities any length up to 15000mm can be produced (refer table p8/S2).
Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: THE ATLAS STEELS BULK COIL STOCKING PROGRAM

Stainless steel coil plate ASTM A240M


The most efficient route for a stainless steel production mill to produce plate
(5mm and over) is in coil form. The coil is then further downstream processed
by the mill or through a service centre with equipment to atten
(often called levelling) and cut to length.
The maximum plate width produced by mills from coil is 2000mm and the maximum
thickness is 13mm for hot rolled and 8mm for cold rolled.
Atlas, through the AMP coil service centre, has the capability to process large stainless
steel coils in thickness up to 6mm (8mm for aluminium) and in widths to 2000mm.
This enables an extensive range of cold and hot rolled coils to be held with the exibility
to convert into small coils, sheet, strip and plate in standard and customised lengths.

4
S2

Grade

Thickness (mm)

Coil width (mm)

Finish

304/304L
316/316L

5.0
6.0

1500
2000

2B
No.1

304/304L
316/316L

8.0
10.0
12.0

1500
2000

No.1

AtlasCR12
AtlasCR12Ti

5.0
6.0

1250
1500

No.1

Other grades available, but not always ex-stock.


Grades: 301L, 310, 321, 2205, 253MA.
Coil plate is commonly stocked in dual certied grade, i.e. 304/304L and 316/316L.

Stainless steel quarto plate products ASTM A240M


Another method of producing stainless steel plate within and beyond the thickness
range of coil production is from a slab of steel that is rolled in the at condition to a
specied length, width and thickness. The product of this process is commonly referred
to as quarto plate and is available from mills in thickness from 5mm and above and
widths to 4000mm in some thicknesses.
The standard grades and thickness for quarto plate are as follows:
Grades

304/304L, 316/316L, AtlasCR12, 321, 321H, 2205, 253MA

Thickness (mm)

5.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0, 12.0, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0, 32.0, 40.0, 50.0

Width (mm)

1500, 2000, 2500

Length (mm)

6000, 7500, 8000

Finish

No.1

Non-standard grades, widths and lengths can be obtained to individual customer-specic


requirements.
Quarto plate is commonly stocked as a dual certied grade, i.e. 304/304L and 316/316L.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: THE ATLAS STEELS BULK COIL STOCKING PROGRAM

Stainless steel chequer (oor) plate


Grades

304

Thickness (mm)

3.18, 4.76, 6.00

Width (mm)

1219,1250 (6mm only)

Length (mm)

2438, 3048, 2500 (6mm only)

Plasma cut processing for plate


Atlas Steels warehouses have modern plasma equipment for the precision proling of
plate shapes.
Processing thickness range is from 3mm to 65mm. Maximum width is 3000mm and
length is 12000mm.
Plasma equipment is supported by modern CAD/CAM control and production programming
facilities.
The Atlas warehouse in Kalgoorlie has modern oxy prole equipment for the precision
proling of steel plate shapes.
Please contact your sales representative for individual State processing capabilities and
service parameters.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

5
S2

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: PROCESSING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

Processing of stainless steel


sheet, coil, strip and plate
Atlas Steels holds an extensive stock of bulk coils at its coil service centre,
Atlas Metal Processors (AMP), located at Warragamba, NSW and offers a service
to provide stainless steel sheet, coil and strip in a range of combinations of thickness,
length, width and nish.
The following presents a guide to the capabilities of this service centre.

The service centre


The AMP service centre is a 6500 square metre warehouse with modern processing
equipment to convert large coils of stainless and aluminium into:
small coils;
sheet and plate;

slit strip;

S2

polished nishes; and


scotchbrite nishes.
The latest technology has been incorporated in materials handling equipment and
information and communications systems. These complement the state-of-the-art
processing equipment and provide efficient process management and customer service.

Sheet cut to length line


A high speed line optimised for accurate cutting of standard or special length sheets.
The lines capabilities and features are:
0.3-2mm thickness;
200-1580mm width;
Side trimming unit (minimum 5mm to 40mm maximum per side trim);
Length validation and feedback system to maintain consistency;
Stacker automatically sets to order requirement;
Herr Voss leveller enables automatic set-up feature, which can be activated by gauge
or coil identication number. This feature saves time and material on partly processed
coils held in stock, as the leveller will set up the same parameters previously used;
Six high Herr Voss leveller enables the bottom surface to be treated with
the same loving care as the top surface (most lines are only four high and a few are
ve high). Back up transfer marks are a thing of the past;
High speed (up to 76m per minute);
All rolls in contact with the strip are coated to reduce the possibility of scratching;
Double-sided PE application;
Paper interleaving;
12.5 tonne maximum input coil weight.
Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: PROCESSING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

Plate cut to length line


This is a complete processing line that features shears, leveller and stacker.
The lines capabilities and features are:
500-2000mm processing width;
1.6-6mm stainless steel thickness and to 8mm for aluminium;
700-15000mm length;
in-line double sided PE applicator; and
1-14.5 tonne input coil weights.

Polishing line
This line is an Imeas coupled polishing/brushing unit which provides polished and brushed
nishes including, No. 4, Scotchbrite, Duplo and custom nishes to meet most needs.
Polishing belts are formulated to provide a uniform polished surface. A roughness gauge
is used to measure every coil to verify consistency of nish from coil to coil.
The lines capabilities and features are:
300-1580mm processing width;
0.3-2mm thickness up to 1580mm wide and up to 1220mm wide to 3mm;
7.5 tonne back tension coupled with a control system to optimise polishing conditions;
rolls in contact with steel are coated to minimise the possibility of surface scratching;
in-line double-sided PE applicator and paper interleaving; and
1-12.5 tonne input coil weights.

Slitting line
This line has been designed to provide maximum exibility in producing high quality slit,
narrow width material.
The lines capabilities and features are:
200-1580mm processing width;
0.3-3mm thickness for stainless steel and 5mm maximum for aluminium;
minimum 25mm slit width;
computer-aided shimless slitting process to maintain accuracy of width;
unique slit coil down-layer to minimise bore scoring;
rolls in contact with steel or aluminium are coated to minimise the possibility
of surface scratching;

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

7
S2

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: PROCESSING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

in-line double sided PE applicator and paper interleaving;


conventional drag, tension rolls, bridle or combination of tension control;
pull, loop, driven and combination slitting techniques; and
1-12.5 tonne input coil weights.

Materials handling and packaging


Materials handling and packaging for stainless steel sheet, coil and strip are critical to
minimising product damage. A range of innovative solutions has been installed such
as coil-lifting devices that do not damage product, high-speed coil cars for transporting
coils to the processing line and a down-layer for slit coil to minimise bore scratches.
One tonne coils are vertically packed with strong top and bottom pallets and a
protective wrap of heavy corex around the coil.
Sheet and plate are packed on strong wooden pallets and with secure strapping to
withstand extensive handling and transportation.
Customised packing is provided subject to enquiry.

8
S2

Processing parameters
Sheet and plate size limits
Thickness
(mm)

Width
(mm)

Length
(mm)

Input coil
mass (tonne)

Outside
diameter

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Max.

Max.

0.30 - 2.00

200

1580

200

6000

12.5

1650

2.00 - 6.00

500

2000

700

15000

14.5

1650

Sheet and plate length tolerance

Sheet and plate squareness tolerance

Thickness
(mm)

Length
(mm)

Tolerance
(mm)

Width
(mm)

Length
(mm)

Squareness
(mm)

0.30 - 2.00

Up to 5000

+3.0, -0.0

Up to 914

Up to 3000

2.01 - 3.00

Up to 3000

+4.0, -0.0

Up to 6000

Up to 6000

+6.0, -0.0

Up to 10000

Up to 10000

+10.0, -0.0

Up to 3000

Up to 15000

+15.0, -0.0

Up to 6000

Up to 3000

+4.0, -0.0

Up to 6000

+6.0, -0.0

Up to 10000

Up to 10000

+10.0, -0.0

Up to 3000

Up to 15000

+16.0, -0.0

Up to 6000

Up to 10000

10

3.01 - 6.00

Note: Length tolerances on double sided plastic coating +7, -nil

Printed July 2010

915 to 1500

1501 to 2000

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: PROCESSING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

Side trim: Available up to 3.0mm thick and 1580mm


wide. Side trim allowance is a minimum 5mm per side
from 3mm to 0.7mm and 10mm per side below
0.7mm to a maximum of 40mm per side (allowance is
the same for slitting).

Sheet and plate atness tolerance


Thickness
(mm)

Width
(mm)

Amplitude*
(mm)

0.3 - 1.50

900

10

1200 / 1500

10

900 / 1200

10

1500

10

2000

12

900 / 1200

10

1500

12

2000

12

1.51 - 5.00

5.01 - 6.00

*Note: Deviation from a straight-edge.

Slit strip size limits


Thickness
(mm)

0.3 - 3 (stainless)
0.3 - 5 (aluminium)

Width
(mm)
Min.

200

Input coil
(mm)
Max.

Min.

1580

Input coil
mass (tonne)

Max.

300

Min.

1580

Outside
diameter

Max.

0.5

Max.

12.5

1650

Slit width
tolerance

0.2mm

Polishing
Width
(mm)

Thickness
(mm)

Input coil
mass (kg)
Max.

Outside
diameter

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

0.30 - 2.00

300

1580

500

12500

1650

2.01 - 3.00

500

1250

500

12500

1650

Polishing roughness values


Finish

Ra (m)

No.4

0.15 - 0.50

Duplo

0.10 - 0.40

Scotchbrite

0.05 - 0.17

Recoiling
Thickness
(mm)

0.30 - 3.00

Printed July 2010

Width
(mm)

Input coil
mass (kg)

Outside
diameter

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Max.

200

1580

500

12500

1650

www.atlassteels.com.au

9
S2

www.atlasste els.com.au

Ferritic Stainless Steels


Sheet, Coil & Plate

Sheet, Coil and Plate

Ferritic Stainless Steels

Providing Solutions
in Specialty Metals

www.atlasste els.com.au

Characteristics of Ferritic stainless steels


What are Ferritic stainless
steels?
They are straight chromium steels,
containing little or no nickel.
Their crystal structure is Body
Centred Cubic (bcc), as for ferritic
carbon steels (ie. mild
steel,galvanised steel etc).
They resist corrosion and oxidation;
they are true stainless steels.
They are highly resistant to stress
corrosion cracking.
They are fully magnetic.
They can in many instances be
more easily fabricated than
austenitic stainless steels such as
304 and 316 grades.
Their application and fabrication
performance can be significantly
improved with the addition of the
alloying elements of molybdenum,
titanium and/or niobium.

The effect of Nickel

Nickel is added in amounts of 8% or more to all the common austenitic


stainless steel grades, such as 304 and 316. The nickel has only a minor
effect on the corrosion resistance. The principal reason for adding nickel
is to change the crystal structure of the metal from Body Centred Cubic
(bcc) to Face Centred Cubic (fcc); this structure is called austenite.
Austenitic steels are characterised by very high ductility which improves
formability. The austenitic steels also have excellent weldablity, and both
good toughness at cryogenic temperatures and strength at very high
temperatures and they are also non magnetic.

The effect of Molybdenum

Molybdenum is added to stainless steels because it greatly improves the


resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion, particularly from chlorides. An
amount of 2% Mo or more is commonly added to steels intended to resist
corrosion in marine environments. The higher the molybdenum contents
the greater is the corrosion resistance.

The effect of Titanium and Niobium

Titanium and Niobium (also called Columbium) are added to stainless


steels because they are very strong carbide formers. They bind the
carbon which could otherwise cause sensitisation and intergranular
corrosion and thus improve the weldability of stainless steel.

Ferritic compared to Austenitic stainless steel

They often prove better value over


the product life span than carbon
steels and are significantly less
costly than nickel-containing,
austenitic grades of stainless steel.

Ferritic Stainless Steel

What do alloying elements


do in stainless steel?
The effect of Chomium
Chromium is the indispensable
element that makes stainless steels
stainless. In amounts of at least
10.5% it forms a very thin, hard
self-repairing chromium oxide surface
layer which resists corrosive attack.
Higher chromium contents give more
corrosion resistance. The same
chromium oxide layer is also effective
in resisting high temperature scaling.

Austenitic Stainless Steel

Magnetic

Non-magnetic

Low thermal expansion


(similar to carbon steel)

Higher thermal expansion

Excellent high temperature


oxidation resistance

Good high temperature


oxidation resistance

Higher thermal conductivity

Lower thermal conductivity

Excellent creep resistance


when stabilised with niobium

Good cheap resistance

Easier to cut and work,


less tool wear

Higher strength, requiring more force to


manipulate, and increased tool wear

Less prone to spring back


during cold forming

Greater spring back

High yield strength (similar to carbon steel)

Lower yield strength than Ferritic grades

Virtually immune from


stress corrosion cracking

Highly susceptible to
stress corrosion cracking

Ferritic compared to Duplex stainless steel

Printed July 2010

Duplex grades have compositions balanced to give a structure of about


50% ferrite and 50% austenite and therefore have some properties that
are mid-way between the two types. Their thermal expansion for instance
is between that of the ferritic and austenitic grades, and their resistance to
stress corrosion cracking is higher than that of an austenitic but not quite
as good as for the ferritic. The duplex grades do however tend to have
higher strengths than either of the other types. As for all stainless steel
grades the pitting resistance is very largely determined by the content of
chromium, molybdenum and nitrogen the actual structure is not
important.

1
S3

The range of Ferritic stainless steel


grades and codes
Five groups of Ferritic stainless steels
Ferritic stainless steels can be
divided into five groups,
generally segmented by chemical
composition which determines the
characteristics of the grades such
as corrosion resistance and the
appropriate applications they can
potentially be applied to.

The Atlas range of ferritic grades


has been chosen to incorporate at
least one grade that is suitable for
each of the first four groups. The
fifth group is highly specialised in
application and therefore may
require technical input to make the
correct grade selection. Please

Group Characteristics

2
S3

contact Atlas Technical Services


for assistance.
Within Australia:
Telephone Free Call 1800 818 599

Ferritic Grades

Typical Applications

10-14% chromium, for non or low


corrosive environments, or for nonaesthetic applications

409, AtlasCR12, AtlasCR12Ti

Rail wagons, shipping containers,


automotive exhausts, bus and
coach frames

14-18% chromium content and greater


resistance to corrosion over group 1

430

Domestic appliances,
indoor panels

14-21% chromium content and stabilised to 439, Atlas F20S


improve weldability and formability. Often
an acceptable substitute for grade 304

Molybdenum added for extra corrosion


resistance. Often an acceptable substitute
for grade 316

Greater than 21% chromium and added


Refer Atlas Technical Services
molybdenum for extra corrosion resistance for assistance in grade selection

Printed July 2010

Sinks, heat exchangers


(sugar industry), automotive
exhausts
Hot water tanks, solar water
heaters, outdoor panels and
trims

444

Highly corrosive
environments

Photo courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors

The Atlas range of Ferritic


stainless steel flat products
The following table shows the product range of standard ferritic stainless steel sheets, coil and plate available from
Atlas.

3
Ferritic
Grade

Group
Form
Type

Rolling

Width (mm)

Sheet & Coil

CR

On application

Sheet & Coil

CR

Plate

HR

AtlasCR12Ti

Sheet, Coil & Plate CR, HR

430

Sheet & Coil

439

AtlasF20S
444

409
AtlasCR12

Thickness (mm)

Finish

1250

1.2, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5

2B

1500, 2000

8.0, 10.0, 12.0, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0 No.1

1250, 1500

3.0, 5.0, 6.0

2B, No1

CR

914, 1219

0.7, 0.9, 1.2

2B, BA

Sheet & Coil

CR

On application

Sheet & Coil

CR

1219

0.7, 0.9, 1.2. 1.5. 2.0

2B, No.4

Sheet & Coil

CR

1219, 1500

0.7, 0.9, 1.2. 1.5. 2.0

2B, No.4

Please contact Atlas for enquiries about less common thicknesses and finishes.

Printed July 2010

Photos courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors and United Group Rail

S3

Considerations in selecting a Ferritic


grade to suit an application
Corrosion resistance

4
S3

Corrosion resistance of stainless


steels is determined more by
chemical composition than by
austenitic or ferritic crystalline
structure. Stainless steels are
stainless because their
chromium content gives them
exceptional resistance to
corrosion. A comparison of the
corrosion resistance properties of
ferritic and austenitic grades
shows that the corrosion
resistance of most nickel
containing (austenitic) grades can
be matched by ferritic grades. In
most cases there are also duplex
grade alternatives.

These are not covered in this


publication, but enquiries are
invited.
The following are some useful
guidelines for improving the grade
selection of ferritic stainless steels
in corrosive environments.
In the case of an aggressive
environment, select a grade with
a higher chromium and/or
molybdenum content.

Avoid rough surface finishes


and favour a fine-polished finish
with a low Ra value.
Optimise design for washability
e.g. min 15 slope on upward
facing surfaces.
Avoid crevice like geometries.
Keep surfaces clean by regular
washing to avoid staining and
dust accumulation.

The stainless steel grade PRE


(pitting resistance equivalent) is
a useful guide to its corrosion
resistance. The higher the
number the more corrosion
resistance the steel.

Typical Chemical Composition %


Ferritic
Grade

Cr

Ni

409

0.01

11

AtlasCR12

0.02

11.5

0.4

AtlasCR12Ti

0.02

11.5

0.4

430

0.05

16.5

439

0.02

17.5

AtlasF20S

0.02

21

444

0.02

18

Mo

Ti + Nb
0.20

PRE
11
11.5

0.20

11.5

0.35

17.5

0.40

21

0.45

25

17

PRE = %Cr + 3.3xMo + 16x%N

Printed July 2010

Photos courtesy of Cookon and Stoddart.

Mechanical properties
The mechanical properties of a
metallic alloy are those that
describe the materials ability to
compress, stretch, bend, dent and
break, and above all the ability of
the metal to safely carry a load,
pressure or stress in service.
Therefore common criteria for

evaluating mechanical
characteristics are: strength (yield
and tensile) hardness, toughness
and ductility.

grades).
Moderately high tensile
strengths.
Good total elongation, but lower
than those of the austenitic
grades.

Ferritic stainless steels have:


Stress-strain curves fairly similar
to those of plain carbon steels.

Good ductility, but as for ferritic


carbon steels ductility drops at
low temperature.

Moderately high yield strengths


(generally higher than austenitic

Specified Mechanical Properties %


Ferritic
Grade

Tensile
Strength
(MPa) min

Yield Strength Elongation


0.2% Proof (% in 50mm)
(MPa) min
min

Hardness

Cold Blend

Rockwell B
(HR B)

Brinell
(HB)

max

min

Transverse
direction bend
radius = 1T

409

380

170

22

88

179

180

AtlasCR12

455

275

18

HRC20

223

AtlasCR12Ti

427

205

22

430

450

205

22

89

183

180

439

415

205

22

89

183

180

AtlasF20S

427

205

22

444

415

275

20

96

217

180

These values are as listed for flat rolled product in ASTM A240M.
Different limits apply to other products such as bar or tube.
Values for F20S are given for ASTM A240M grade UNS S44500.

Physical properties
The physical properties of a
metallic alloy concern the
materials ability to conduct heat,
conduct electricity, expand or
shrink etc.

Ferritic
Grade

Density
(kg/m3)

Have a thermal coefficient of


expansion similar to that of
carbon steel.

Ferritic stainless steels:


Are fully ferromagnetic they
are attracted strongly to a
magnet.

Are less prone to heat distortion


compared to austenitic grades.

Have good thermal conductivity


(better than austenitic).

Physical Properties
Coefficient of
Thermal
Thermal
Elastic
Conductivity
Expansion
Modulus
at 100
0-100C
(GPa)
(W/m.K)
( m/m/C)

Specific
Heat
0-100C
(J/kg.K)

Electrical
Resistivity
(n .m)

409

7700

220

11.0

28

460

580

AtlasCR12

7700

220

10.8

23

460

580

AtlasCR12Ti

7700

220

10.8

23

460

580

430

7700

220

10.5

26

460

600

439

7700

220

10.5

26

460

600

AtlasF20S

7700

220

10.5

23

460

600

444

7700

220

10.5

26

460

600

Printed July 2010

5
S3

Surface finish appearance


The surface finishes for ferritic grades of stainless steel are generally similar to those of austenitic and other grades.
If anything, ferritic grades tend to be brighter and more reflective compared to an austenitic grade of the same nominal
finish.

Finish

ASTM
Description
Designation

Hot rolled

No.1

A relatively rough, dull surface produced by hot rolling to the specified thickness,
followed by annealing and descaling. Commonly associated with plate product.

Cold rolled

2B

A general-purpose, cold rolled, smooth finish obtained as a result of a final light


pass through polished rolls at the mill.

Bright annealed

BA

A bright, cold rolled, highly reflective finish retained by final annealing in a controlled
atmosphere furnace. The brightness and reflectivity is a function of thickness and
grade. Usually supplied with a PE or PVC coating as a surface protection.

General purpose
polished

No.4

Produced from 2B finish often by a service centre. It is a general-purpose widely


used ground polished finish. Usually supplied with a PE or PVC coating as a
surface protection.

Bright polished

No.8

Highly reflective mirror finish. Produced from 2B finish by polishing with


successive finer abrasives followed by extensive buffing.

Other

Customer
Specific

Fabrication
Joining and Weldability

6
S3

Ferritic grades are suited to most


methods successfully used to join
other stainless steels welding,
soldering, brazing, mechanical
joining and adhesive bonding.
The welding characteristics of
stainless steels are affected by
chemical composition,
metallurgical structure and
physical properties. Ferritic grades
have some useful advantages
over austenitic grades when it
comes to welding due to their
lower thermal expansion, lower
electrical resistivity and higher
thermal conductivity. These
physical properties mean that the
fabrication is less likely to suffer
distortion during welding,
compared with austenitic grades.
But there are also some limitations
that must be taken into account.
The ferritic grades are more
susceptible to sensitisation than
are their austenitic alternatives.
For this reason most ferritic
grades are produced with very low
carbon and nitrogen contents.
Printed July 2010

Atlas Metals Processors can provide customer-specific finishes for special


applications.

Unlike the austenitic grades


however low carbon content (i.e.
an L grade) does not guarantee
freedom from sensitisation. Ferritic
grades intended for welding are
additionally stabilised with titanium
and / or niobium. This is
particularly important in thin
sections. It is also important that
care is taken in welding to prevent
the pick-up of carbon from other
sources, such as from the filler
wire or from carbonaceous
contaminants on the steel surface.
Cleanliness is important.
Another limitation is the ferritic
structure is prone to grain growth
at elevated temperatures. The
heat affected zone (HAZ) of a
weld can undergo grain growth,
which may result in reduction of
toughness. The thicker the steel
being welded the more significant
is the effect, while low heat input
processes and practices minimise
the effect. Most ferritic stainless
steels are therefore only available
in gauges up to about 3mm.
Exceptions are the grades
AtlasCR12 and AtlasCR12Ti. Both
have been metallurgically

optimised to limit grain growth, so


these grades alone amongst
ferritics are welded in heavy plate
sections.
Processes
Ferritic grades of stainless steel
can be welded using arc,
resistance, laser and friction
welding techniques. Like other
stainless steels they cannot be
gas welded. All these steels can
be welded by GTAW / TIG, GMAW
/ MIG, manual, submerged arc,
plasma and resistance processes.
Autogenous TIG welding is
possible in gauges up to about
1.5mm.
Heat input
Heat input should be kept low
(approximately 0.25kJ/mm when
TIG welding 1.5mm sheet, and
lower for MIG welding) for all
grades except AtlasCR12 and
AtlasCR12Ti. The heat input
should be the lowest that will
achieve full penetration.
AtlasCR12 and AtlasCR12Ti
should be welded within the range
0.5 1.5J/mm.

Filler metals
Although matching ferritic filler wires are made, it is more common to use
austenitic fillers. These should be selected to match or exceed the required
corrosion resistance. Other filler can be used for specific applications.

Grade

409

Atlas
CR12

Atlas
CR12Ti

430

439

Atlas
F20S

444

Filler Wire

308L

309L

309L

309L

308L

308L

316L

Protective gases
Shielding and backing gases should be argon or argon mixes, as below.
CO2 should only be present up to 3% and hydrogen and nitrogen must be
avoided completely.
GTAW / TIG Argon, Argon + Helium
GMAW / MIG Argon + 2% CO2, Argon + 2% O2, Argon + 2% CO2 + Helium
For further assistance on welding please contact Atlas Technical Services.

Formability (eg deep drawing or bending)


Cold forming operations change the shape of strip or sheet product by
subjecting it to plastic strain. The forming operation involves complex tensile
and compressive loading, using a combination of stretching and deep
drawing performance.
Although the overall drawing capacity of austenitic grades is better than that
of ferritic, some ferritic grades show excellent drawing performance and
display higher LDR (Limiting Drawing Ratio) to austenitic. Ferritic grades are
inferior to austenitic in pure stretch forming.
In practice, industrial forming operations usually involve a combination of
both pure drawing and pure stretch deformation. Design, construction and
fabrication parameters and the material properties of the ferritic grade
concerned must be considered together, in order to get the best out of the
drawing process.
The following chart is a general reference to the forming properties of the
main steel groups.

Carbon Steel

Ferritic
Stainless Steel

Austenitic
Stainless Steel

Structure

bcc

bcc

fcc

Work hardening

low

low

high

Spring back

low

low

high

excellent

good

good

good

good

excellent

no

can occur

no

Deep drawing
Stretch forming
Ridging

7
S3

crystal structure of the steel: bcc = body-centred cubic fcc = face-centred cubic

For further assistance on applications involving drawing stretching please contact


Atlas Technical Services.

Cost
Ferritic grades of stainless steel are generally much lower in cost than the alternative
austenitic grade. However, other factors beside price, such as familiarity with existing
product, specification by a design engineer, asset owners product preference, also
contribute to the decision of selecting an appropriate steel for a product application. We
therefore encourage our customers to seek the assistance of Atlas sales and technical
staff who can provide support in evaluating the best specialty metals solution possible to
suit a product application.
Printed July 2010

Photo courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors

Typical product applications


The following is a list of typical applications and appropriate grades that may suit.
The list is not exhaustive and users should trial product and assess product
suitability based on their individual requirements.

Industry

Typical Product Application

Ferritic Grades

Automotive

Exhaust systems
Decorative trims
Component parts

409, 430

Building &
construction

Hinges and fasteners


Guttering
Chimney flues
Roofing
Cladding and facades
Doors and balustrades
Lift panels

AtlasCR12, 430,
444, AtlasF20S

Ticket machines
Electrical boxes
Telephone housings
Bus shelters
Play ground equipment

AtlasCR12, 430,
444, AtlasF20S

Food preparation equipment


Commercial refrigerators
Catering trolleys
Display cabinets
Food handling equipment

430, 439,
AtlasF20S

Stoves
Cookware and pots
Dishwashers
Electrical appliances
Range hoods
Kitchen ware
Domestic refrigerator panels
Washing machines
Sinks
Dryers
BBQs
Hot water services

430, 439, 444,


AtlasF20S

Industrial

Cold and hot water tanks


Boilers
Heat exchangers
Solar water heaters

439, 444,
AtlasF20S

Transportation

Bus & coach body frames


Sea containers
Coal & ore wagons

AtlasCR12,
AtlasCR12Ti, 439,
AtlasF20S

Medical & hospital

Tables
Trolleys
Sterilisation cabinets

444, AtlasF20S

Urban furniture

Food commercial
equipment

Home & office

S3

Printed July 2010

Ferritic grades of stainless steel have


been available for years and proven to
be acceptable in many applications.
They are not an inferior alternative to
austenitic grades but a lower cost
good alternative in the right
application.
Atlas technical support and sales
personnel can assist with stainless
steel product selection specific for end
application use.
Additional information to what has
been provided in this brochure is
available from the grade data sheet
provided on the Atlas web site:
www.atlassteels.com.au

Useful Reference:
The Ferritic Solution ISSF 2007.
Available from the ISSF website
www.worldstainless.org

Atlas Technical Services


Contacts:
Australia:
Telephone Free call 1800 818 599,
Email: tech@atlassteels.com.au
New Zealand:
Telephone +61 3 9272 9963,
Email: tech@atlasmetals.co.nz

Stainless Steel
Pipe and Flanges

Stainless Steel
Pipe and Flanges

Photography courtesy of Outokumpu, Arcelor, Atlas Steels and New Zealand Tube Mills.

www.atlasste els.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel pipe and ttings


A stainless steel pipe system is the product of choice for carrying corrosive
or sanitary uids, slurries and gases, particularly where high pressures,
high temperatures or corrosive environments are involved. Due to stainless
steels aesthetic properties, stainless steel pipe is also used in architectural
applications.
Stainless steel pipe can be generally dened as a heavy wall thickness tubing,
with dimensions as specied by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
Pipe dimensions are specied by outside diameter indicated by the NPS (imperial) or
DN (metric) designator and sometimes referred to as the nominal bore and wall
thickness, reected in the schedule number. ASME B36.19 covers these dimensions.
Stainless steel pipe and ttings are supplied in the annealed condition to facilitate
fabrication and ensure best corrosion resistance. Atlas Steels can also supply stainless
steel pipe with an abrasive polished nish suitable for architectural applications.

Welded pipe
Welded stainless steel pipe is manufactured from 2B or HRAP stainless steel strip
formed (to shape), longitudinally welded and annealed.
All welds are made without the addition of ller metal, except for very large diameters.
Standard welded pipe is in nominal lengths of 6.0 or 6.1 metres.
Manufacturing specication: ASTM A312M Austenitic.
ASTM A358M Austenitic (large diameter).
ASTM A790M Duplex.

Seamless pipe
Seamless stainless steel pipe is produced from hollow billets, which are pierced then
drawn across dies until they reach the nal desired pipe size, then annealed.
Standard seamless pipe is supplied in nominal lengths of 6.1 metres to 150mm (6) and
above this in random lengths.
Manufacturing specication: ASTM A312M Austenitic.
ASTM A790M Duplex.

Printed April 2008

www.atlassteels.com.au

1
S4

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel piping systems can be joined by butt welding and, in the heavier
40S and 80S schedules, by threaded connections.
The complete piping system is made possible using complementary ttings and anges.
These are specied by the same DN or NPS designator and schedule numbering system
as for pipe.

Butt welding pipe ttings


A piping system using butt welding ttings has many inherent advantages over
other forms.

Welding a tting to the pipe means that it is permanently leakproof.

S2

The continuous metal structure formed between pipe and tting adds
strength to the system.
Smooth inner surface and gradual direction changes reduce pressure losses
and turbulence and minimise the action of corrosion and erosion.
A welded system utilises a minimum of space.
Atlas Steels supply butt welding ttings in the following forms.
Elbows 45 and 90 long radius and short radius.
Return bends 180 long radius and short radius.
Reducers concentric and eccentric.
Tees equal and reducing.
Caps.
Stub ends Type B, to MSS SP-43.
Butt welding ttings can be supplied in either seamless or welded construction
and are covered by specication ASTM A403M (or ASTM A815M for Duplex grades) and
ASME B16.9.

2
S4

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Screwed and socket weld ttings


Piping systems can be connected using screwed ttings BSP threaded (150lb)
low pressure ttings and NPT threaded (class 3000) high pressure ttings in Grade 304 or 316.
Socket weld ttings are used in high pressure piping systems and are available in grade
316L to suit schedule 80S wall thickness piping.
Manufacturing specication: ASTM A182M (Class 3000 NPT and socket weld) and
ASME B16.11.
ISO 4144 (BSP dimensions)

Pipe anges
A ange is a ring of steel (forged, cut from plate, or rolled) designed to connect sections
of pipe, or to join pipe to a pressure vessel, valve, pump or other integral anged assembly.
Flanges are joined to each other by bolting, and are joined to the piping system by
welding or threading (or loose when stub ends are used).
The basic types of anges are:
slip-on

socket weld

blind

lap joint

weld neck

orice

threaded
Forged stainless steel anges are designed to the following common pressure ratings:
Classes 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 and 2500. Standard sealing face is Raised Face (RF).
Manufacturing specication: ASTM A182M and ASME B16.5.
Plate stainless steel anges are forged or cut and machined from plate Table D, Table
E, etc.
Manufacturing specication: AS2129.
Waterworks anges to AS4087 are also available subject to enquiry.

Types and applications of anges


Slip-on anges. The ange is slipped over the pipe and then welded both inside and
outside to provide sufficient strength and prevent leakage. Slip-on anges are also used
as loose back-up anges when stub ends are used.
Blind anges. This is a ange without a centre bore, used to shut off a piping system
or vessel opening.
Weld neck anges. Designed to be joined to a piping system by butt welding.
They are relatively expensive due to the weld neck, but are preferred for high-stress
applications.
Lap joint anges. This is again similar to a slip-on ange, but has a radius at the
intersection of the centre bore and the ange face to accommodate a lap stub end.
Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

3
S4

Printed July 2010

17.15

/4

/8

10

26.67

60.30

73.03

/4

11/4

11/2

2 /2

31/2 101.60

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

20

25

32

40

50

65

80

90

100

125

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

6.35

5.54

5.54

4.78

4.78

4.78

4.57

4.19

3.76

3.40

3.40

3.05

3.05

3.05

3.05

2.77

2.77

2.77

2.77

2.11

2.11

1.65

1.65

1.24

94.50

75.50

68.60

53.30

47.30

41.30

36.00

27.82

19.93

13.82

11.56

8.34

7.39

6.44

5.25

3.93

3.11

2.69

2.08

1.27

1.00

0.63

0.49

0.28

Weight
(kg/m)

Grade

304/304L 316/316L

2205

Grades: 304/304L, 316/316L (Standard Stock), 2205 (Mill Sourced)

609.60

558.80

508.00

457.20

406.40

355.60

323.85

273.05

219.18

168.28

141.30

114.30

88.90

48.26

42.16

33.41

21.34

/2

15

13.72

10.29

/8

OD
(mm)

9.52

9.52

9.52

9.52

9.52

9.52

9.53

9.27

8.18

7.11

6.55

6.02

5.74

5.49

5.16

3.91

3.68

3.56

3.38

2.87

2.77

2.31

2.24

1.73

140.94

129.01

117.07

105.14

93.21

81.28

73.78

60.24

42.50

28.30

21.70

16.06

13.55

11.27

8.61

5.43

4.05

3.38

2.50

1.93

1.27

0.84

0.63

0.36

Weight
(kg/m)

Grade
304/304L 316/316L

Schedule 40S
2205

12.70

12.70

12.70

12.70

12.70

12.70

12.70

12.70

12.70

10.97

9.53

8.56

8.08

7.62

7.01

5.54

5.08

4.85

4.55

3.91

3.73

3.20

3.02

2.41

Wall
thickness
(mm)

S2

NPS

Wall
thickness
(mm)

Product range, dimensions and theoretical weights

186.75

171.07

154.97

139.07

123.18

131.70

97.31

81.42

64.60

42.54

30.94

22.31

18.59

15.32

11.39

7.48

5.40

4.46

3.29

2.18

1.60

1.10

0.80

0.46

Weight
(kg/m)

DN

Wall
thickness
(mm)

Schedule 10S

S4

Pipe size
Grade
304/304L 316/316L

Schedule 80S
2205

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

PRODUCT RANGE
Stainless steel pipe welded and seamless ASTM A312M

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Welded buttwelding ttings ASTM A403M & ASME B16.9


90 Elbow

45 Elbow

Stub end type B

Equal tee

End cap

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


Schedule 10S
DN

Schedule 40S
90D Elbow45D ElbowEqual Tee
End Type B
Equal
90Cap
45
Equal
Stub end
Stub end Stub
End
Stub EndElbow
Type B Cap tee
tee 90D Elbow
Elbow
type B
type 45D
B Elbow
capEqual Tee

90
Elbow

45
Elbow

15

0.06

0.03

0.09

0.07

0.03

0.08

0.04

0.10

0.08

0.04

20

0.07

0.03

0.13

0.09

0.05

0.08

0.04

0.17

0.11

0.07

25

0.14

0.08

0.28

0.16

0.08

0.15

0.11

0.29

0.17

0.10

32

0.23

0.11

0.49

0.22

0.10

0.26

0.17

0.59

0.25

0.18

40

0.30

0.17

0.68

0.25

0.11

0.40

0.23

0.86

0.31

0.20

50

0.50

0.25

0.85

0.43

0.13

0.70

0.40

1.28

0.61

0.23

65

0.85

0.48

1.41

0.57

0.19

1.40

0.77

2.19

0.80

0.27

80

1.25

0.63

1.77

0.72

0.25

2.20

1.08

3.31

1.13

0.42

100

2.10

1.08

3.46

1.09

0.68

4.47

1.47

5.27

1.87

1.14

125

3.65

1.82

5.44

1.47

1.11

6.80

2.84

9.63

2.79

2.13

150

5.45

2.72

8.03

2.15

1.42

10.89

5.44

10.99

3.57

3.23

200

10.20

5.33

15.65

3.22

2.38

21.54

10.77

20.91

6.07

5.19

250

18.15

9.75

26.76

5.13

4.45

38.56

19.27

35.38

10.07

9.00

300

25.80

13.62

39.46

8.16

7.50

59.42

29.71

62.14

14.29

15.00

350

36.29

18.34

48.53

10.88

8.17

79.38

35.15

79.31

17.14

16.00

400

47.63

23.81

58.97

12.70

10.67

99.79

45.81

99.79

20.41

21.00

450

59.87

29.94

79.65

17.23

13.00

129.73

59.40

129.73

27.21

26.00

500

99.80

49.90

103.42

21.77

17.00

162.38

74.84

162.39

29.94

34.00

600

140.61

70.31

155.58

27.21

26.00

225.89

105.23

225.90

38.55

52.00

End
cap

Grades: 304L, 316L

5
S4

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Welded buttwelding ttings ASTM A403M & ASME B16.9


Con reducer

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


Schedule 10S
DN

Schedule 40S

Con
reducer

Ecc
reducer

Reducing
tee

Con
reducer

Ecc
reducer

Reducing
tee

20x15

0.10

0.10

0.11

0.14

0.14

0.15

25x15

0.12

0.12

0.25

0.15

0.15

0.26

25x20

0.13

0.13

0.25

0.16

0.16

0.27

32x20

0.18

0.18

0.44

0.22

0.22

0.52

32x25

0.18

0.18

0.45

0.22

0.22

0.53

40x20

0.18

0.18

0.58

0.24

0.24

0.74

40x25

0.19

0.19

0.60

0.26

0.26

0.76

40x32

0.21

0.24

0.61

0.28

0.28

0.77

50x25

0.28

0.28

0.73

0.40

0.40

1.10

50x32

0.30

0.30

0.74

0.44

0.44

1.13

50x40

0.31

0.31

0.76

0.45

0.45

1.15

65x40

0.44

0.44

1.24

0.76

0.76

1.94

65x50

0.47

0.47

1.25

0.80

0.80

1.98

80x40

0.51

0.51

1.52

0.94

0.94

2.85

80x50

0.55

0.55

1.56

1.00

1.00

2.91

80x65

0.59

0.59

1.59

1.08

1.08

2.98

100x40

0.68

0.68

2.90

1.36

1.36

4.53

100x50

0.78

0.78

2.94

1.57

1.57

4.48

100x65

0.83

0.83

2.97

1.66

1.66

4.54

100x80

0.87

0.87

3.04

1.74

1.74

4.64

125x100

1.49

1.49

5.49

2.98

2.98

8.47

150x80

1.82

1.82

6.86

3.98

3.98

11.94

150x100

1.96

1.96

7.10

4.07

4.07

9.68

150x125

2.00

2.00

7.27

4.07

4.07

9.99

200x100

3.01

3.01

13.46

6.55

6.55

17.98

200x150

3.19

3.19

14.08

6.94

6.94

18.82

250x100

4.73

4.73

22.75

10.52

10.52

30.07

S4

250x150

5.00

5.00

23.55

11.12

11.12

31.13

250x200

5.20

5.20

24.08

11.56

11.56

31.84

300x200

7.67

7.67

34.73

15.98

15.98

54.43

300x250

7.98

7.98

35.52

16.63

16.63

55.79

350x300

15.29

15.29

43.96

30.58

30.58

71.21

400x200

16.70

16.70

49.90

33.40

33.40

84.82

400x250

17.22

17.22

50.80

35.43

35.43

85.73

400x300

18.35

18.35

51.71

36.70

36.70

87.54

Ecc reducer

6
S2

Reducing tee

Grades: 304L, 316L

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Seamless buttwelding ttings ASTM A403M* & ASME B16.9


Product range and theoretical weights (kg)
Schedule 10S
DN

Schedule 40S

Schedule 80S

90
Elbow

45
Elbow

Equal
tee

90
Elbow

45
Elbow

Equal
tee

90
Elbow

45
Elbow

Equal
tee

0.02

0.01

0.03

0.03

0.02

0.06

0.04

0.03

0.07

10

0.03

0.02

0.05

0.03

0.02

0.03

0.06

0.04

0.09

15

0.06

0.03

0.09

0.08

0.04

0.10

0.10

0.05

0.14

20

0.07

0.03

0.13

0.08

0.04

0.17

0.11

0.05

0.20

25

0.14

0.08

0.28

0.15

0.11

0.29

0.22

0.14

0.38

32

0.23

0.11

0.49

0.26

0.17

0.59

0.40

0.23

0.68

40

0.30

0.17

0.68

0.40

0.23

0.86

0.51

0.29

1.02

50

0.50

0.25

0.85

0.70

0.40

1.28

0.91

0.59

1.59

65

0.85

0.48

1.41

1.40

0.77

2.19

1.81

0.99

3.13

80

1.25

0.63

1.77

2.20

1.08

3.31

2.97

1.50

4.45

90

1.70

0.75

2.67

2.83

1.42

4.08

4.00

2.00

5.44

100

2.10

1.08

3.46

4.47

2.09

5.27

6.18

2.81

7.71

150

5.45

2.72

8.07

10.89

5.44

10.99

16.32

8.16

13.61

200

10.20

5.33

15.65

21.54

10.77

20.91

33.11

16.56

28.12

250

18.15

9.75

26.46

38.56

19.27

35.38

51.71

25.86

49.90

300

25.80

13.62

39.46

59.42

29.71

62.14

79.38

39.69

83.91

Seamless buttwelding ttings ASTM A403M* & ASME B16.9


Product range and theoretical weights (kg)
Schedule 10S
DN

Schedule 40S

Schedule 80S

Con
reducer

Ecc
reducer

Reducing
tee

Con
reducer

Ecc
reducer

Reducing
tee

Con
reducer

Ecc
reducer

Reducing
tee

40x25

0.19

0.19

0.60

0.26

0.26

0.76

0.34

0.34

0.90

50x25

0.28

0.28

0.73

0.40

0.40

1.10

0.54

0.54

1.37

50x40

0.31

0.31

0.76

0.45

0.45

1.15

0.59

0.59

1.43

80x50

0.55

0.55

1.56

1.00

1.00

2.91

1.79

1.79

3.91

100x50

0.78

0.78

2.94

1.50

1.50

4.48

1.95

1.95

6.55

7
S4

100x80

0.87

0.87

3.04

1.74

1.74

4.64

2.33

2.33

6.79

150x80

1.82

1.82

6.86

3.95

3.95

9.68

5.51

5.51

11.57

150x100

1.96

1.96

7.10

4.07

4.07

11.94

5.96

5.96

11.97

200x100

3.01

3.01

13.46

6.55

6.55

17.98

9.23

9.23

24.18

200x150

3.19

3.19

14.08

6.74

6.74

18.82

10.12

10.12

25.31

Grades: 304L, 316L, 2205


*Austenitic grades specied to ASTM A403M
Duplex grades specied to ASTM A815M

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

Printed July 2010

Printed July 2010

CAP

RETURN

ELBOW

21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457
508
559
610
660
711
762
813
864
914
965
1016
1067
1118
1168
1219

NPS
1/2
3/4

DN

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200

38
38
38
48
57
76
95
114
133
152
190
229
305
381
457
533
610
686
762
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1295
1372
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

90 deg

16
19
22
25
29
35
44
51
57
64
79
95
127
159
190
222
254
286
318
343
381
405
438
470
502
533
565
600
632
660
695
727
759

45 deg

Long

Elbows

25
32
38
51
64
76
89
102
127
152
203
254
305
356
406
457
508
559
610

90 deg

Short

REDUCER

Note 1: Reducer dimension "H" is based on large end nominal size

1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48

OD

Nominal size

Stainless Steel Buttwelding Fittings Dimensions

S4

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au

76
76
76
95
114
152
190
229
267
305
381
457
610
762
914
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829

O
K

48
51
56
70
83
106
132
159
184
210
262
313
414
518
619
711
813
914
1016
1118
1219

Long
O

Short

51
64
76
102
127
152
178
203
254
305
406
508
610
711
813
914
1016
1118
1219

Returns

41
52
62
81
100
121
140
159
197
237
313
391
467
533
610
686
762
838
914

Buttwelding Fittings to ASME B16.9

38
51
51
64
76
89
89
102
102
127
140
152
178
203
330
356
381
508
508
508
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
711
711

Enlarged Section
of Lap

Reducers
Note 1

Note square
corner

25
25
38
38
38
38
38
51
64
64
76
89
102
127
152
165
178
203
229
254
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
305
305
305
343
343
343

Caps

STUB END

76
76
102
102
102
152
152
152
152
152
203
203
203
254
254
305
305
305
305
305
305

Long

51
51
51
51
51
64
64
64
76
76
76
89
102
127
152
152
152
152
152
152
152

Short

3
3
3
5
6
8
8
10
10
11
11
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

Radius of
Fillet

Stub Ends

35
43
51
64
73
92
106
127
140
157
185
218
270
324
381
413
470
533
584
641
692

Diam
of Lap

Printed July 2010

1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
5
6
8

10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28

30
32
34
36

38
40
42
44
46
48

250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700

750
800
850
900

950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200

3/4

1/2

1/4

8
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200

3/8

965
1016
1067
1118
1168
1219

762
813
864
914

273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457
508
559
610
660
711

13.7
17.3
21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1

711
749
762
813
851
889

559
597
635
673

216
254
279
305
343
381
419
432
495
521

25
29
38
48
57
64
76
86
95
105
124
143
178

25

Nominal Outside
Centre
Size
Diam. to-end Run
DN NPS
8
D
C

25
29

10

25
29
38
49
57

15

29
38
48
57
44

20

38
48
57
51
57

25

48
57
57
64
70

32

50

65

80

90

64
70 76
76 83 86
83 89 92 95
89 95 98 102
105 108 111 114
121 124 127
152

TEE

57
60
67
73
79
86

40

184 191 194


216 219
238
264

105
117 124
130 137 143
156 162 168

100 125 150

203
229
248
273
298
324

178

200

254
270
295
321
346
371
397
422
448

300

460 473

216
241
257
283
308
333
359
384

250

483
508

279
305
330
356
381
406
432
457

350

495
521
546
572

343
368
394
419
444
470

450

508
533
559
584

381
406
432
457
483

500

597 610
622 635
635 648 660
686

483
508
533
559

305
330
356
381
406
432
457

400

600

650

700

622
648
660
686
724
737

521
546
572
597

635
660
660
698
724
737

533
559
584
610

648
673
698
698
737
762

546
572
597
622

648
673
698
698
737
762

546
572
597
622

419
432 432
470 483 495
495 508 521 521

550

Buttwelding Tees and Crosses to ASME B16.9


Centre-to-End Outlet
Chart of Commom Stainless Steel PipeMGrades
Chemical Analysis (%) Specied

Stainless Steel Buttwelding Fittings Dimensions

S4

www.atlassteels.com.au

673
698
711
711
737
762

559
584
610
635

750

850

900

686
711
711
711
749
787

698
724
711
724
749
787

711
737
711
724
762
787

597
622 635
648 660 673

CROSS

800

711
749 749
711 711 711
737 749 762 762
762 775 787 800 800
813 813 813 838 838 838

950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Table anges AS 2129


Blind table

Table pipe/tube

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


DN

Table D
blind

Table E
blind

Table D
pipe

Table E
pipe

Table D
tube*

Table E
tube*

15

0.30

0.34

0.30

0.30

0.30

0.30

20

0.35

0.35

0.30

0.30

0.30

0.30

25

0.45

0.65

0.40

0.60

0.40

0.60

32

0.50

0.73

0.40

0.65

0.45

0.65

40

0.65

1.05

0.55

1.00

0.60

1.00

50

1.10

1.35

0.90

1.10

1.00

1.20

65

1.30

1.65

1.05

1.30

1.10

1.35

80

2.00

2.50

1.60

1.95

1.70

2.00

100

2.75

3.55

1.95

2.60

2.10

2.50

125

5.20

5.84

3.45

4.35

3.80

4.75

150

6.10

9.55

3.80

6.10

4.20

7.00

200

9.10

13.70

5.00

7.25

5.45

8.10

250

16.90

23.20

9.20

12.60

10.20

14.10

300

25.30

33.20

12.50

16.40

13.90

18.30

400

44.90

66.00

22.30

31.30

24.10

32.40

*Bored to suit nearest standard tube size.

10
S4

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS METALS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Forged anges ASTM A182M & ASME B16.5


Blind

Slip on

Weld neck

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


DN

Blind
RF150#

Blind
RF300#

Blind
RF600#

Slip on
RF150#

Slip on
RF300#

Slip on
RF600#

Weld neck RF150#

Weld neck RF300#

Sch 10S

Sch 40S

Sch 40S

Sch 80S

Weld
neck RF
600# 80S

15

0.40

0.60

0.80

0.40

0.60

0.70

0.50

0.50

0.80

0.80

0.90

20

0.60

1.10

1.30

0.60

1.10

1.30

0.70

0.70

1.30

1.30

1.50

25

0.90

1.40

1.60

0.80

1.40

1.50

1.00

1.00

1.50

1.50

1.80

32

1.20

1.80

2.20

1.50

1.70

2.00

1.30

1.30

2.00

2.00

2.50

40

1.50

2.70

3.30

1.30

2.50

3.00

1.70

1.70

2.90

2.90

3.50

50

2.40

3.20

4.20

2.10

2.90

3.60

2.60

2.60

3.40

3.40

4.40

65

3.90

4.90

6.10

3.30

4.30

5.30

4.10

4.10

5.20

5.20

6.40

80

4.90

6.80

8.40

3.90

5.90

7.00

4.90

4.90

6.90

6.90

8.50

100

7.00

11.50

17.30

5.30

9.60

14.50

6.80

6.80

11.20

11.20

17.40

125

8.60

15.60

29.40

6.10

12.50

24.40

8.60

8.60

15.10

15.10

29.20

150

11.30

20.90

36.10

7.50

15.60

28.70

10.60

10.60

19.10

19.10

34.90

200

19.60

34.30

589.00

12.10

24.20

43.40

17.60

17.60

29.90

29.90

53.90

250

28.80

53.30

97.50

16.50

34.10

70.30

24.00

24.00

42.70

42.70

86.50

300

43.20

78.80

124.00

26.20

49.80

84.20

36.50

36.50

61.80

61.80

103.00

350

58.10

105.00

151.00

26.20

69.90

98.70

48.40

48.40

85.80

85.80

122.00

400

76.10

137.00

214.00

44.80

88.10

142.00

60.60

60.60

106.00

106.00

170.00

450

93.70

175.00

272.00

48.90

109.00

173.00

68.30

68.30

131.00

131.00

204.00

500

122.00

221.00

349.00

61.90

134.00

220.00

84.50

84.50

158.00

158.00

254.00

600

188.00

339.00

533.00

86.90

201.00

312.00

119.00

119.00

230.00

230.00

358.00

Grades: 304L, 316L

2205 forged anges ASTM A182M & ASME B16.5


11

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


DN

Slip on
RF150#

Weld neck
RF150#

Bossed blind
RF150#

15

0.40

0.50

0.40

20

0.60

0.70

0.40

25

0.80

1.00

0.90

40

1.30

73.20

1.50

50

2.10

2.60

2.40

80

3.00

4.90

4.90

100

5.30

157.20

7.00

150

7.50

10.60

11.30

Printed July 2010

S4

www.atlassteels.com.au

S4

Printed July 2010

2
3
4
1
1 14
1 12
2
2 12
3
3 12
4
5
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

2
3
4
1
1 14
1 12
2
2 12
3
3 12
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

NPS

DN

Nominal Size

NPS

DN

Nominal Size

95
115
125
135
155
165
190
210
230
255
280
320
380
445
520
585
650
710
775
915

OD
(mm)
O

12.7
14.3
15.9
17.5
19.1
20.7
23.9
27.0
28.6
30.2
33.4
35.0
39.7
46.1
49.3
52.4
55.6
58.8
62.0
68.3

min
(mm)
tf

9.6
11.2
12.7
14.3
15.9
17.5
20.7
22.3
22.3
22.3
22.3
22.3
22.3
23.9
27.0
28.6
30.2
33.4
35.0
38.1
41.3
46.1

38
48
54
64
70
84
100
117
133
146
178
206
260
321
375
425
483
533
587
702

(mm)
X

Hub
Diameter

30
38
49
59
65
78
90
108
122
135
164
135
164
192
246
305
365
400
457
505
559
663

Hub

min Diameter
(mm) (mm)
tf
X

Flange Thickness

90
100
110
115
125
150
180
190
215
230
255
230
255
280
345
405
485
535
595
635
700
815

OD
(mm)
O

Flange Thickness

Ah
21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457.0
508.0
610.0

(mm) B
15.8
20.9
26.6
35.1
40.9
52.5
62.7
77.9
90.1
102.3
128.2
102.3
128.2
154.1
202.7
254.6
304.8
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)

Ah
21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457.0
508.0
610.0

Dimensions

(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B


21
51
22.2
24
56
27.7
25
60
34.5
25
64
43.2
29
67
49.5
32
68
61.9
37
75
74.6
41
78
90.7
43
79
103.4
46
84
116.1
49
97
143.8
51
97
170.7
60
110
221.5
65
116
276.2
71
129
327.0
75
141
359.2
81
144
410.5
87
157
461.8
94
160
513.1
105
167
616.0

(mm) B
15.8
20.9
26.6
35.1
40.9
52.5
62.7
77.9
90.1
102.3
128.2
154.1
202.7
254.6
304.8
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)

Length Thru Hub


Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Socket
Neck /
Neck
Welding Welding
Socket
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
Welding
min

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16
16
20
20

(mm) K (mm) H
66.7
15.9
82.6
19.1
88.9
19.1
98.4
19.1
114.3
22.2
127.0
19.1
149.2
22.2
168.3
22.2
184.2
22.2
200.0
22.2
235.0
22.2
269.9
22.2
330.2
25.4
387.4
28.6
450.8
31.8
514.4
31.8
571.5
34.9
628.6
34.9
685.8
34.9
812.8
41.3

Circle
Hole
Diameter Diameter

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24
24
24

Bolts
(No.)

65
75
75
85
90
90
100
110
110
115
120
120
140
160
170
180
190
195
205
230

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

55
65
65
70
70
85
90
90
90
90
95
90
95
100
110
115
120
135
135
145
160
170

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

Bolt Drilling

(mm) K (mm) H
60.3
15.9
69.9
15.9
79.4
15.9
88.9
15.9
98.4
15.9
120.7
19.1
139.7
19.1
152.4
19.1
177.8
19.1
190.5
19.1
215.9
22.2
190.5
19.1
215.9
22.2
241.3
22.2
298.5
22.2
362.0
25.4
431.8
25.4
476.3
28.6
539.8
28.6
577.9
31.8
635.0
31.8
749.3
34.9

Bolts
(No.)

Bolt Drilling
Circle
Hole
Diameter Diameter

Class 300 Flanges to ASME B16.5

(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B


14
46
22.2
14
51
27.7
16
54
34.5
19
56
43.2
21
60
49.5
24
62
61.9
27
68
76.6
29
68
90.7
30
70
103.4
32
75
116.1
35
87
143.8
32
75
116.1
35
87
143.8
38
87
170.7
43
100
221.5
48
100
276.2
54
113
327.0
56
125
359.2
62
125
410.5
67
138
461.8
71
143
513.1
81
151
616.0

Length Thru Hub


Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Socket
Neck /
Neck
Welding Welding
Socket
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
min
Welding

Dimensions

Class 150 Flanges to ASME B16.5

Stainless Steel Flanges Dimensions & Weights

12

www.atlassteels.com.au

55
65
65
70
75
75
85
90
95
95
110
110
120
140
145
160
165
170
185
205

RF
Machine
Bolt
Length
(mm)

50
50
55
55
65
70
75
75
75
75
85
75
85
85
90
100
100
115
115
125
140
150

RF
Machine
Bolt
Length
(mm)

0.5
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.7
2.6
4.1
4.9
6.1
6.8
8.6
6.8
8.6
11
18
24
37
48
61
68
85
115

0.4
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.5
2.4
3.9
4.9
6.2
7.0
8.6
7.0
8.6
11
20
29
43
58
76
94
122
186

Blind

0.6
1.2
1.4
1.7
2.6
2.9
4.5
6.2

Slip-on

0.8
1.3
1.6
2.1
3.1
3.4
5.3
7.3
8.2
11
15
20
30
44
64
88
113
138
167
235

Welding
Neck

0.6
1.2
1.4
1.8
2.7
3.1
4.8
6.8
9.5
12
16
21
35
55
79
107
139
177
223
342

Blind

Flange Weight (kg)

0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.3
2.1
3.3
3.9
4.8
5.3
6.1
5.3
6.1
7.5
12
17
26
35
45
49
62
87

Slip-on

Welding
Neck

Flange Weight (kg)

2
3
4
1
1 14
1 12
2
2 12
3
3 12
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
1

NPS
95
115
125
135
155
165
190
210
230
275
330
355
420
510
560
605
685
745
815
940

OD
(mm)
O

14.3
15.9
17.5
20.7
22.3
25.4
28.6
31.8
35.0
38.1
44.5
47.7
55.6
63.5
66.7
69.9
76.2
82.6
88.9
101.6

38
48
54
64
70
84
100
117
133
152
189
222
273
343
400
432
495
546
610
718

Hub

min Diameter
(mm) (mm)
tf
X

Flange Thickness

Ah
21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457.0
508.0
610.0
(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B
22
52
22.2
25
57
27.7
27
62
34.5
29
67
43.2
32
70
49.5
37
73
61.9
41
79
74.6
46
83
90.7
49
86
103.4
54
102
116.1
60
114
143.8
67
117
170.7
76
133
221.5
86
152
276.2
92
156
327.0
359.2
94
165
106
178
410.5
117
184
461.8
127
190
513.1
140
203
616.0

(mm) B
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)

Dimensions
Length Thru Hub
Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Socket
Neck /
Neck
Socket
Welding Welding
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
min
Welding

Note 1: To be specied by purchaser.


Note 2: Flange weights are approximate.
Note 3: Welding neck ange bore sizes listed are for sch 40S / Standard Wall pipe.

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

DN

Nominal Size

(mm) K (mm) H
66.7
15.9
82.6
19.1
88.9
19.1
98.4
19.1
114.3
22.2
127.0
19.1
149.2
22.2
168.3
22.2
184.2
25.4
215.9
25.4
266.7
28.6
292.1
28.6
349.2
31.8
431.8
34.9
489.0
34.9
527.0
38.1
603.2
41.3
654.0
44.5
723.9
44.5
838.2
50.8

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
20
20
20
20
24
24

Bolts
(No.)

Bolt Drilling
Hole
Circle
Diameter Diameter

Class 600 Flanges to ASME B16.5

75
90
90
95
110
110
120
125
140
145
165
170
190
215
220
235
255
275
285
330

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

0.9
1.4
1.8
2.6
3.2
3.9
5.9
7.4

Slip-on

0.9
1.6
1.9
2.5
3.6
4.5
6.4
8.1
12
17
31
37
51
86
103
122
177
216
268
372

Welding
Neck

0.9
1.4
1.8
2.4
3.4
4.4
6.8
8.9
13
19
31
38
62
102
132
158
225
285
365
533

Blind

Flange Weight (kg)

Printed July 2010

25

20

24

500

600

215

245

265

1 14

1 12

2 12

25

32

40

50

65

80

100

125

150

200

18

20

24

450

500

600

14

16

350

400

10

180

12

160

20

250

150

300

130

15

1170

985

915

825

750

675

585

485

395

375

310

120

NPS

OD
(mm)
O

203.2

177.8

162.0

146.1

133.4

123.9

108.0

92.1

82.6

73.1

54.0

47.7

41.3

38.1

31.8

28.6

28.6

25.4

22.3

min
(mm)
tf

139.7

108.0

101.6

88.9

85.8

79.4

39.9

63.5

55.6

50.8

44.5

38.1

41.3

38.1

31.8

28.6

28.6

25.4

22.3

762

641

597

552

495

451

368

292

229

197

162

133

124

105

70

64

52

44

38

(mm)
X

Hub
Diameter

749

622

565

508

451

419

368

298

235

190

159

127

124

105

70

64

52

44

38

Hub

min Diameter
(mm) (mm)
tf
X

Flange Thickness

1040

855

785

705

640

610

545

470

380

350

290

240

245

215

180

160

150

130

120

OD
(mm)
O

Flange Thickness

DN

Nominal Size

18

250

450

10

200

16

150

400

125

12

100

14

80

300

65

350

2 12

50

1 14

20

1 12

32

15

40

NPS

DN

Nominal Size

Ah
21.3

203

159

152

133

130

117

108

102

86

79

70

54

64

57

44

41

41

35

292

248

229

216

213

200

184

162

140

127

114

102

105

102

83

73

73

70

25.4
31.8
34.9
31.8
38.1
38.1
38.1
41.3
44.5
50.8
54.0
66.7

Note (1) 190.5

90.7

116.1 Note (1) 235.0

143.8 Note (1) 279.4

170.7 Note (1) 317.5

221.5 Note (1) 393.7

276.2 Note (1) 469.9

327.0 Note (1) 533.4

359.2 Note (1) 558.8

410.5 Note (1) 616.0

461.8 Note (1) 685.8

513.1 Note (1) 749.3

616.0 Note (1) 901.7

Ah
21.3

Dimensions

610.0

508.0

457.0

406.4

355.6

323.8

273.0

219.1

168.3

141.3

114.3

88.9

73.0

60.3

48.3

42.2

33.4

26.7

64

57

44

41

41

35

406

356

327

311

298

283

254

213

171

156

124

117

105

102

83

73

73

70

28.6
31.8
34.9
41.3
38.1
44.5

Note (1) 111.1

Note (1) 123.8

Note (1) 165.1

Note (1) 190.5

Note (1) 203.2

Note (1) 241.3

Note (1) 292.1

Note (1) 317.5

Note (1) 393.7

43.2

49.5

61.9

74.6

73.0
79.4
92.1

Note (1) 774.7

Note (1) 831.8

Note (1) 990.6

60.3
66.7

Note (1) 635.0

Note (1) 704.8

50.8
54.0

Note (1) 482.6

Note (1) 571.5

25.4

28.6

25.4

25.4

Note (1) 101.6

34.5

22.2

Note (1)

27.7

Circle
Hole
Diameter Diameter

88.9

20

20

20

20

20

20

16

12

12

16

16

16

16

16

16

12

12

12

615

540

495

445

405

375

335

290

260

250

195

180

160

145

140

125

125

115

110

Bolts
(No.)

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

440

350

325

285

275

255

235

220

190

190

170

145

160

145

140

125

125

115

110

4
4

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

Bolts
(No.)

Bolt Drilling

(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H


32
60
22.2 Note (1) 82.6
22.2

Length Thru Hub


Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Neck /
Socket
Neck
Socket
Welding Welding
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
Welding
min

25.4
28.6

Note (1) 165.1

28.6

25.4

Note (1) 190.5

Note (1) 123.8

49.5

61.9

Note (1) 111.1

43.2

25.4

22.2

74.6

Note (1) 101.6

34.5

88.9

Note (1)

27.7

Class 1500 Flanges to ASME B16.5

610.0

508.0

457.0

406.4

355.6

323.8

273.0

219.1

168.3

141.3

114.3

88.9

73.0

60.3

48.3

42.2

33.4

26.7

Circle
Hole
Diameter Diameter

Bolt Drilling

(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H


32
60
22.2 Note (1) 82.6
22.2

Length Thru Hub


Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Neck /
Socket
Neck
Socket
Welding Welding
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
Welding
min

Dimensions

Class 900 Flanges to ASME B16.5

Stainless Steel Flanges Dimensions & Weights

13

www.atlassteels.com.au

S4

685

377

309

225

182

157

118

79

50

39

23

15

16

11

5.9

4.5

3.9

2.7

2.1

905

488

386

272

224

187

132

59

52

39

25

13

16

11

5.9

4.3

4.1

2.7

1.9

Blind

16

11

6.8

5.0

3.6

2.8

1.8

Slip-on

1504

929

736

568

416

306

206

124

75

59

31

22

16

11

5.9

4.5

3.9

2.7

2.1

Welding
Neck

1568

967

761

559

421

316

230

137

75

60

33

22

16

11

5.9

4.3

4.1

2.7

1.9

Blind

Flange Weight (kg)

632

331

272

193

172

146

111

75

48

38

23

12

16

11

5.5

4.1

3.4

2.3

1.8

Slip-on

Welding
Neck

Flange Weight (kg)

760

12

300

184.2

165.1

127.0

108.0

92.1

76.2

66.7

57.2

50.9

44.5

38.1

35.0

31.8

30.2

441

375

305

235

203

165

133

114

95

79

73

57

51

43

Hub

min Diameter
(mm) (mm)
tf
X
Ah
21.3

Dimensions

323.8

273.0

219.1

168.3

141.3

114.3

88.9

73.0

60.3

48.3

42.2

33.4

26.7

254

229

178

152

130

108

92

79

70

60

52

48

43

464

419

318

273

229

190

168

143

127

111

95

89

79

95.2

Note (1) 228.6

Note (1) 196.8

Note (1) 171.4

Note (1) 146.0

Note (1) 130.2

Note (1) 108.0

Note (1)

328.2 Note (1) 619.1

277.4 Note (1) 539.8

222.2 Note (1) 438.2

171.4 Note (1) 368.3

144.4 Note (1) 323.8

116.8 Note (1) 273.0

91.4

75.4

62.5

50.0

43.7

34.9

28.2

73.0

66.7

54.0

54.0

47.6

41.3

34.9

31.8

28.6

31.8

28.6

25.4

22.2

Hole
Circle
Diameter Diameter

12

12

12

Bolts
(No.)

Bolt Drilling

(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H


40
73
22.9 Note (1) 88.9
22.2

Length Thru Hub


Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Socket
Neck /
Neck
Socket
Welding Welding
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
min
Welding

Note 1: To be specied by purchaser.


Note 2: Flange weights are approximate.
Note 3: Welding neck ange bore sizes listed are for sch 40S / Standard Wall pipe.

675

10

550

485

420

355

305

265

235

205

185

160

140

135

OD
(mm)
O

Flange Thickness

250

150
200

125

80
100

2 12

50
65

1 12

40

1 14

25
32

NPS

20

15

DN

Nominal Size

Class 2500 Flanges to ASME B16.5

540

490

380

345

300

255

220

195

180

170

150

140

125

120

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

573

409

213

143

93

54

36

24

17

10

7.3

5.0

3.6

3.0

Slip-on

692

484

261

176

111

64

43

24

19

11

9.1

5.5

4.1

3.2

Welding
Neck

664

465

241

157

101

60

39

25

18

10

8.2

5.4

4.5

3.2

Blind

Flange Weight (kg)

S4

Printed July 2010

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
750
800
850
900
1000
1200

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
750
800
850
900
1000
1200

DN

95
100
115
120
135
150
165
185
205
215
255
280
335
405
455
525
580
640
705
760
825
910
995
1060
1090
1175
1255
1490

OD

A
95
100
115
120
135
150
165
185
205
215
255
280
335
405
455
525
580
640
705
760
825
910
995
1060
1090
1175
1255
1490

Nominal
Size

OD

DN

Nominal
Size

*6
*6
*7
*8
*9
*10
*10
*11
12
13
14
17
19
22
25
29
32
35
38
44
48
51
54
54
57
64
67
79

Thickness
D

*5
*5
*5
*6
*6
*8
*8
*10
*10
*10
13
13
13
16
19
22
22
25
29
29
32
35
41
41
44
48
51
60

Thickness
D

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
24
24
32

Number
of Bolts

47
53
63
67
78
90
103
122
141
154
186
207
264
328
374
438
489
552
609
663
717
806
885
942
974
1050
1130
1365

67
73
83
87
98
114
127
146
165
178
210
235
292
356
406
470
521
584
641
699
756
845
927
984
1016
1092
1175
1410

14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
22
22
22
26
26
26
26
26
30
33
33
36
36
36
36
39
39

Dimensions(mm)
Drilling
Raised
Bolt Circle Bolt Hole
Face
Diam
Diam
Diam
K
G
H

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
24
24
32

Number
of Bolts

Table E Flanges to AS 2129

Dimensions(mm)
Drilling
Raised
Face
Bolt Circle Bolt Hole
Diam
Diam
Diam
G
K
H
47
67
14
53
73
14
65
83
14
67
87
14
78
98
14
90
114
18
103
127
18
122
146
18
141
165
18
154
178
18
186
210
18
211
135
18
268
292
18
328
256
22
378
406
22
438
470
26
489
521
26
532
584
26
609
641
26
637
699
30
720
756
30
809
845
30
888
927
33
942
984
36
974
1016
36
1050
1092
36
1133
1175
36
1368
1410
36

Table D Flanges to AS 2129

M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M27
M30
M30
M33
M33
M33
M33
M36
M36

Bolt Size
& Thread

M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M27
M27
M27
M30
M33
M33
M33
M33
M33

Bolt Size
& Thread
0.6
0.7
1.0
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.1
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.9
6.1
8.8
15.8
23.6
38.6
44.9
63.0
86.0
107.0
125.0

Blind

0.7
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.1
2.7
3.6
5.5
8.3
12.9
21.9
31.8
47.6
66.0
87.0
114.0
195.0

2.5
3.7
5.0
7.1
11.4
15.1
25.3
31.3
40.8
53.0
85.0

Blind

0.6
0.7
0.9
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
2.0

SOW

Weight (kg)

0.6
0.7
0.9
0.9
1.2
1.4
1.6
2.0
2.2
2.5
3.3
4.0
5.0
8.7
11.3
19.6
22.3
29.0
39.9
50.0
58.0

SOW

Weight (kg)

Stainless Steel Flanges Dimensions & Weights

14

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au
Note
Note
Note
Note

1:
2:
3:
4:

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600

DN
13
13
14
17
17
19
19
22
22
25
29
29
32
35
41
48
54
60
67
70
76

Flange
Thickness
D

Flange
Thickness
D
10
10
10
13
13
16
16
16
19
19
22
22
35
29
32
35
41
44
51
54
57
60
67
68
70
76
83
95
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16
16
20
20
24
24
24
24
28
28
32
32
36
40

Number
of Bolts

57
57
64
76
83
102
114
127
140
152
178
210
260
311
362
419
483
533
597
648
699

Raised
Face
Diam
G

83
83
87
98
105
127
146
165
178
191
235
260
324
381
438
495
552
610
673
724
781

18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
22
22
22
26
26
30
30
33
33
33
36

Dimensions(mm)
Drilling
Bolt Circle Bolt Hole
Diam
Diam
H
K

4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16
16
20
20
24
24
24

Number
of Bolts

Table H Flanges to AS 2129

Bolt Circle Bolt Hole


Diam
Diam
K
H
67
14
73
14
87
18
98
18
105
18
127
18
146
18
165
18
178
18
191
18
235
22
260
22
324
22
381
26
438
26
495
30
552
30
610
33
673
33
724
33
781
36
857
36
940
36
984
36
1016
36
1105
39
1194
39
1441
42

Dimensions(mm)
Drilling

Raised
Face
Diam
G
47
53
63
74
81
103
122
141
154
167
207
232
296
349
406
459
516
571
634
685
739
815
898
942
974
1060
1149
1385

M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M27
M27
M30
M30
M30
M33

Bolt Size
& Thread

M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M27
M27
M30
M30
M30
M33
M33
M33
M33
M33
M36
M36
M39

Bolt Size
& Thread

All weights are approximate


A diametrical clearance of 4mm maximum applies to pipe or tube OD for plate anges
The ange thickness "D" dimension included the raised face height
Welding Neck bore is derived from the pipe schedule

115
115
120
135
140
165
185
205
215
230
280
305
370
430
490
550
610
675
735
785
850

OD

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
750
800
850
900
1000
1200

Flange

A
95
100
120
135
140
165
185
205
215
230
280
305
370
430
490
550
610
675
735
785
850
935
1015
1060
1090
1185
1275
1530

Nominal
Size

OD

Flange

DN

Nominal
Size

Table F Flanges to AS 2129

5.9
10.1
11.9
20.3
31.4
44.7
63.0
90.0
120.0
162.0

4.3
7.4
8.1
12.7
18.1
23.9
35.3
47.6
62.0
80.0

5.8
9.9
10.8
18.3
22.1
31.0
47.7
62.0
105.0

0.8
0.9
1.1
1.5
1.7
2.6
3.1
4.3

SOW

7.9
12.6
15.4
28.2
38.0
58.0
85.0
118.0
196.0

1.0
1.0
1.2
1.8
2.0
3.1
3.8
5.4

Blind

Weight (kg)

112.0

0.7
0.8
1.0
1.3
1.4
2.6
3.0
3.8

Blind

0.6
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.2
2.2
2.5
3.0

SOW

Weight (kg)

G
K
A

G
K
A

BLIND
(BLANK)

PLATE

WELDING NECK (WN)

SLIP-ON WELDING (SOW)


(BOSS)

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Screwed Low Pressure BSP 316 ttings


Round socket

Pipe nipple TBE

Pipe nipple TOE

Hex/round cap

Hex nipple

3 pce union

Female 90 elbow

M/F 90 elbow

Female tee

Hex head plug

Hex locknut

Square head plug

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


DN

Round
socket

Pipe
nipple
TBE

Pipe
nipple
TOE

Hex/
round
cap

Hex
nipple

3 pce
union

Female
90
elbow

Male/
fem
90
elbow

Female
tee

Hex
head
plug

Hex
locknut

Square
head
plug

0.02

0.02

0.01

0.02

0.02

0.13

0.03

0.02

0.05

0.02

0.02

0.01

0.04

0.03

0.02

0.03

0.03

0.11

0.04

0.04

0.05

0.03

0.02

0.02

10

0.05

0.04

0.03

0.03

0.05

0.18

0.06

0.06

0.09

0.03

0.03

0.03

15

0.09

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.22

0.10

0.11

0.14

0.05

0.04

0.03

20

0.13

0.11

0.08

0.10

0.11

0.33

0.14

0.16

0.21

0.09

0.05

0.07

25

0.20

0.16

0.11

0.17

0.17

0.50

0.27

0.26

0.36

0.12

0.10

0.10

32

0.29

0.29

0.19

0.24

0.25

0.70

0.38

0.40

0.50

0.19

0.14

0.15

40

0.34

0.35

0.23

0.38

0.37

0.87

0.51

0.50

0.70

0.27

0.15

0.21

50

0.52

0.58

0.30

0.47

0.53

1.39

0.75

0.82

1.01

0.40

0.25

0.31

65

0.78

0.92

0.57

0.85

1.14

2.07

1.69

1.68

2.41

0.76

0.51

0.59

80

1.05

1.45

0.86

1.24

1.37

2.98

2.33

2.06

3.32

1.03

0.55

0.71

100

1.90

2.07

1.38

2.09

1.90

4.82

3.43

3.45

4.81

1.66

0.92

1.10

TBE = Threaded Both Ends.


TOE = Threaded One End.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

15
S4

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Screwed Low Pressure BSP 316 ttings


Hex reducing bush

Hex reducing nipple

BSP Fittings
Dimensions: generally to ISO4144.
Threading: BS21 (ISO 7-1). Feed materials sockets, TOE
nipples, TBE nipples manufactured from stainless steel pipe to
ASTM A312M.
Hex plugs made from stainless steel bar to ASTM A276.
Other ttings made from investment castings.

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


DN

Hex reducing
bush

Hex reducing
nipple

8x6

0.01

0.03

10x6

0.02

0.05

10x8

0.03

0.05

15x6

0.04

0.08

15x8

0.06

0.08

15x10

0.06

0.08

20x8

0.08

0.12

20x10

0.07

0.12

20x15

0.05

0.12

25x10

0.14

0.17

25x15

0.12

0.17

25x20

0.08

0.17

32x25

0.15

0.26

40x20

0.33

0.36

40x25

0.26

0.36

40x32

0.17

0.36

50x25

0.56

0.50

50x32

0.45

0.50

50x40

0.37

0.50

65x50

0.51

0.85

80x50

0.94

1.28

80x65

1.23

1.28

16
S4

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Screwed Class 3000 NPT ttings ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11
Hex cap

Coupling

45 Elbow

90 Elbow

Hex nipple

Hex plug

Union

Female tee

Grade 316
Product range and theoretical weights (kg)
DN

Hex
cap

Coupling

45
Elbow

90
Elbow

Hex
nipple

Hex
plug

Union

Female
tee

0.05

0.06

0.13

0.14

0.03

0.03

0.21

10

0.06

0.07

0.25

0.27

0.06

0.05

15

0.13

0.14

0.36

0.37

0.08

20

0.21

0.20

0.53

0.60

25

0.37

0.30

0.78

32

0.60

0.73

40

0.73

50

1.10

Schedule 40S

Schedule 80S

Nipple
TBE 100

Nipple
TOE 75

Nipple Nipple
TBE 100 TOE 75

0.20

0.06

0.05

0.08

0.06

0.27

0.31

0.08

0.06

0.11

0.09

0.07

0.46

0.49

0.13

0.09

0.16

0.10

0.15

0.13

0.61

0.80

0.17

0.12

0.22

0.16

1.08

0.24

0.22

0.99

1.31

0.24

0.18

0.31

0.23

1.02

1.22

0.37

0.41

1.55

1.61

0.33

0.24

0.44

0.35

1.03

1.70

2.45

0.45

0.49

1.90

3.20

0.40

0.30

0.53

0.40

1.35

2.35

2.50

0.76

0.77

2.86

3.55

0.53

0.40

0.74

0.56

Grade 304
Product range and theoretical weights (kg)

S4

DN

Coupling

90
Elbow

Hex
nipple

Hex
plug

Union

15

0.11

0.41

0.08

0.07

0.30

20

0.20

0.68

0.17

0.13

0.58

25

0.29

1.02

0.38

0.20

0.76

32

0.73

1.22

0.37

0.41

1.55

40

1.00

2.44

0.63

0.60

1.60

50

1.42

2.52

1.10

1.10

2.42

Printed July 2010

17

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Screwed Class 3000 NPT 316 ttings ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11
Hex reducing bush

Hex reducing nipple

Swage nipple

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


DN

Hex
reducing
bush

Hex
reducing
nipple

Swage
nipple
TBE 80S

Reducing
insert

8x6

0.02

0.05

0.04

0.04

10x6

0.02

0.06

0.06

0.05

10x8

0.03

0.06

0.06

0.05

15x6

0.04

0.08

0.14

0.10

15x8

0.06

0.08

0.14

0.10

15x10

0.06

0.08

0.18

0.10

20x8

0.08

1.15

0.18

0.12

20x10

0.07

0.17

0.18

0.12

20x15

0.05

0.17

0.18

0.12

25x8

0.12

0.38

0.25

0.16

25x10

0.14

0.38

0.25

0.16

25x15

0.12

0.38

0.25

0.16

25x20

0.12

0.38

0.25

0.16

40x15

0.21

0.63

0.60

0.45

40x20

0.21

0.63

0.60

0.45

40x25

0.21

0.63

0.60

0.45

40x32

0.21

0.64

0.60

0.45

50x25

0.45

0.68

1.14

0.70

50x40

0.50

0.70

1.14

0.70

18
S4

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Socket weld Class 3000 ttings ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11
Cap

Coupling

45 Elbow

Equal tee

Union

Reducing insert

90 Elbow

Grade 316L
Product range and theoretical weights (kg)
DN

Cap

Coupling

45 Elbow

90 Elbow

Equal tee

Union

0.06

0.07

0.25

0.26

0.30

0.21

15

0.12

0.14

0.36

0.36

0.50

0.30

20

0.21

0.20

0.53

0.60

0.80

0.50

25

0.40

0.40

0.80

1.10

1.31

0.80

32

0.60

0.70

1.00

1.20

1.61

1.20

40

0.70

1.00

1.70

2.40

3.20

1.50

50

1.10

1.30

2.30

2.50

3.50

2.30

Grade 316L reducing ttings


Product range and theoretical weights (kg)

Printed July 2010

DN

Reducer
inserts

DN

Reducer
inserts

20x15

0.12

40x25

0.45

25x15

0.16

50x25

0.7

25x20

0.16

50x40

0.7

40x20

0.45

19
S4

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Socket weld Class 3000 ttings ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11
Grade 304L
Product range and theoretical weights (kg)

20
S2

DN

Cap

Coupling

45 Elbow

90 Elbow

Equal tee

Union

0.06

0.07

0.25

0.26

0.30

0.21

15

0.12

0.14

0.36

0.36

0.50

0.30

20

0.21

0.20

0.53

0.60

0.80

0.50

25

0.40

0.40

0.80

1.10

1.31

0.80

32

0.60

0.70

1.00

1.20

1.61

1.20

40

0.70

1.00

1.70

2.40

3.20

1.50

50

1.10

1.30

2.30

2.50

3.50

2.30

Branch outlet Class 3000 304L and 316L ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11
Product range and theoretical weights (kg)
DN

Socket
outlet
304L

Threaded
outlet
304L

Welding
outlet
304L

Socket
outlet
316L

Threaded
outlet
316L

Welding
outlet
316L

15

0.15

0.12

0.13

0.15

0.12

0.13

20

0.17

0.24

0.24

0.17

0.24

0.24

25

0.27

0.38

0.38

0.27

0.38

0.38

40

0.48

0.66

0.66

0.48

0.66

0.66

50

0.07

1.02

1.02

0.75

1.02

1.02

20
S4

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

Stainless Steel
Tube and Fittings

Stainless Steel
Tube and Fittings

Photography courtesy of Outokumpu, Arcelor and New Zealand Tube Mills.

www.atlasste els.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel tube and ttings


Stainless steel tube is typically specied by OD (outside diameter), WT
(wall thickness), grade, condition and surface nish.
It is resistant to many forms of corrosion, has hygienic sterile properties, high
quality aesthetic appeal and exceptional strength.
Tube is manufactured in round, square and rectangular sections in a variety of wall
thicknesses and usually by the processes of longitudinal welding, hot and cold drawing
(seamless) or spiral welding.
Finishes or appearance range from unpolished to highly polished. Unpolished has a
2B mill nish, standard polished is a nely grit polished nish and there is a ner buffed
nish giving close to a mirror appearance. Finishes are selected to suit application and
aesthetic appeal.
Stainless steel tube can be joined by welding, which facilitates rigidity in construction,
or by the use of mechanical ttings which enables dismantling for hygienic cleaning.
Tube is usually annealed if extensive forming and bending is required, such as for
bending or expanding. The tubular products system incorporates a comprehensive range
of stainless steel ttings in the form of elbows, tees, reducers and anges in various
sizes, wall thickness, grades and nishes to suit tube dimensions and tolerances.

As-welded (AW) tube


Decorative & Structural Tube This tubing is produced direct off the continuous tube
welding mill, using cold rolled stainless steel strip made to ASTM standards, with tube
produced to commercial limits of straightness in standard or specic customer lengths.
AW tube has a higher yield point than annealed tube and is generally used for structural
and decorative applications in mildly corrosive conditions. It is not suitable for
applications requiring signicant aring, expanding or bending, nor for pressure
applications. AW tube is also available with rebate slots for support of architectural glass
panels.
Manufacturing specication: ASTM A554.
Food Quality Tube As-welded food quality tube is stocked by Atlas Specialty Metals. This
tube at the point of manufacture goes through a process where the internal weld bead is
rolled. The result is an improved internal nish along the weld, reducing the chance of a
crevice where liquid or food product may be trapped. This assists with clean in place (CIP)
environment food and beverage process lines or other applications such as the pharmaceutical
industry. Further assurance of reliability of food tube comes from the 100% weld NDT
mandatory for this product.
Manufacturing specication: AS 1528.

As-welded annealed (AWA) tube


This tube is produced by the same process as AW tube but is annealed to relieve stresses
and improve ductility. Bright annealing is carried out in a controlled-atmosphere furnace,
so that no oxide or scale is formed on the surface.
Annealing both increases the corrosion resistance and softens the tube which allows
severe manipulation such as bending, expanding and forming.
Manufacturing specication: ASTM A269
Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

1
S5

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Cold worked annealed (CWA) tube


This tube is typically destined for heat exchanger applications and is produced in
a similar way to AWA product except that the internal bead is rolled ush with
the inside tube surface prior to annealing. Because of the critical end use this tube
undergoes extensive testing as part of the manufacturing process.
Manufacturing specication: ASTM A249M.

Cold drawn seamless (CDS) tube


This tube is produced by drawing from hollow billets. It is usually supplied in the
annealed and pickled condition and used where service conditions involve high pressure
and corrosive conditions and where good surface nish and close tolerances are
required, e.g. heat exchanger and condenser tubing, instrumentation tubing and some
renery applications.
Manufacturing specication: ASTM A269 for general service. ASTM A213M for heat
exchanger service and A268 for Ferritic and Martensitic tubes.

Spiral welded tube


This tube is produced by the helical forming and automatic welding of a continuous strip
of stainless steel.
Typical applications include water and pulp in paper mills, product and effluent lines in
chemical processing, water lines for brewing, dust fume extraction, furnace and boiler
ues, stormwater down-pipes in high-rise applications and ventilation ducts and
condensation lines for airconditioning.
Manufacturing specication: generally to ASTM A778, except for mechanical
properties.
Grades:
Austenitic: 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 321.
Ferritic: 409.
Duplex: 2205.

2
S5

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

Printed July 2010

/16

/8

/2

6.35

7.94

9.52

12.70

0.21

0.26

0.34

0.44

0.53

0.90

1.20

1.60

2.00

0.32

1.60

0.70

0.25

1.20

0.15

0.19

0.90

0.50

0.15

0.25

1.60

0.70

0.20

1.20

0.11

0.16

0.90

0.50

0.13

0.19

1.60

0.70

0.15

1.20

0.09

0.12

0.90

0.50

0.10

0.70

0.09

0.90

0.07

0.07

0.70

0.50

0.05

Weight
(kg/m)

0.50

Wall
thickness
(mm)

FD

FD

FD

304

FD

FD

316

As welded (AW)
304

316

As welded annealed (AWA)

The tube is weld bead removed internally.

304

304/304L

316/316L

Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.

2205

Cold worked annealed (CWA)

Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)

316

Cold drawn seamless (CDS)

Food grade (FD) Marked as FD indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation.

Tube is stocked in three different nishes: unpolished, 320 grit polished and 600 grit highly polished.

Tube nishes

/16

/4

4.76

inches

mm

OD of tube

Product range, dimensions, theoretical weights and method of manufacturing

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel round tube Specications refer p1-2

www.atlassteels.com.au

S5

S5

Printed July 2010

/8

22.22

25.40

1.78

3.20

0.94

1.60

1.49

0.72

1.20

2.60

0.55

0.90

1.15

0.43

0.70

2.00

0.31

0.50

0.81

1.60

1.27

3.25

0.62

0.84

2.00

1.20

0.69

1.60

0.48

0.53

1.20

0.90

0.41

0.90

0.69

2.00

0.32

0.56

1.60

0.70

0.43

1.20

0.23

0.34

0.90

0.50

0.27

0.70

FD

FD

FD

FD

FD

FD

304

FD

FD

FD

316

As welded (AW)
304

316

As welded annealed (AWA)


304

The tube is weld bead removed internally.

304/304L

316/316L

Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.

2205

Cold worked annealed (CWA)

Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)

316

Cold drawn seamless (CDS)

Food grade (FD) Marked as FD indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation.

0.19

Weight
(kg/m)

0.50

Wall
thickness
(mm)

Tube is stocked in three different nishes: unpolished, 320 grit polished and 600 grit highly polished.

/4

19.05

Tube nishes

/8

15.88

inches

mm

OD of tube

Product range, dimensions, theoretical weights and method of manufacturing

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel round tube Specications refer p1-2

www.atlassteels.com.au

Printed July 2010

1 /4

44.45

2.09

2.68

3.25

2.00

2.60

3.20

FD

FD

FD

316

304

316

As welded annealed (AWA)

Tube is stocked in three different nishes: unpolished, 320 grit polished and 600 grit highly polished.

1.69

2.80

3.20

1.60

2.28

2.60

1.28

1.78

2.00

1.20

1.44

1.60

0.98

1.09

1.20

0.90

0.83

0.90

1.01

1.20

FD

FD

304

As welded (AW)

The tube is weld bead removed internally.

304

304/304L

316/316L

Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.

2205

Cold worked annealed (CWA)

Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)

316

Cold drawn seamless (CDS)

Food grade (FD) Marked as FD indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation.

Tube nishes

1 /2

38.10

2.29

3.20

0.77

1.89

2.60

0.90

1.47

2.00

13/8

1.19

1.60

34.92

0.90

1.20

11/4

31.75

0.69

1.08

1.60

11/8

28.58

0.90

0.82

1.20

inches

mm

Weight
(kg/m)

Wall
thickness
(mm)

OD of tube

Product range, dimensions, theoretical weights and method of manufacturing

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel round tube Specications refer p1-2

www.atlassteels.com.au

S5

Printed July 2010

21/2

31/2

63.50

76.20

88.90

101.60

4.91

6.35

7.76

2.00

2.60

3.20

6.76

3.20

3.95

5.53

2.60

1.60

4.29

5.76

3.20

2.00

4.72

2.60

3.44

3.66

2.00

1.60

2.94

1.60

4.76

3.20

2.22

3.90

2.60

1.20

3.03

3.76

3.20

2.00

3.09

2.60

2.44

2.41

2.00

1.60

1.94

1.60

1.84

1.47

1.20

1.20

1.12

Weight
(kg/m)

0.90

Wall
thickness
(mm)

FD

FD

FD

FD

304

FD

FD

FD

FD

316

As welded (AW)
304

316

As welded annealed (AWA)

The tube is weld bead removed internally.

304

304/304L

316/316L

Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.

2205

Cold worked annealed (CWA)

Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)

316

Cold drawn seamless (CDS)

Food grade (FD) Marked as FD indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation.

Tube is stocked in three different nishes: unpolished, 320 grit polished and 600 grit highly polished.

50.80

Tube nishes

inches

S5

mm

OD of tube

Product range, dimensions, theoretical weights and method of manufacturing

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel round tube Specications refer p1-2

www.atlassteels.com.au

Printed July 2010

152.4

203.2

9.92

2.00

11.84

3.20

7.95

9.60

2.60

1.60

7.42

9.77

3.20

2.00

7.98

2.60

5.95

6.16

2.00

1.60

4.95

Weight
(kg/m)

1.60

Wall
thickness
(mm)

FD

FD

FD

304

FD

316

As welded (AW)
304

316

As welded annealed (AWA)

Sizes: 50.8, 63.5, 76.2mm

Finishes: 320#, 600#

Grades: 304, 316

Congurations: single slot, double at 90, double at 180

Tubes with 15 x 15mm rebated slots are available for support of architectural glass panels.

Slotted Tube

Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.

Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)

The tube is weld bead removed internally.

304

304/304L

316/316L

Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.

2205

Cold worked annealed (CWA)

Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)

316

Cold drawn seamless (CDS)

Food grade (FD) Marked as FD indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation.

Tube is stocked in three different nishes: unpolished, 320 grit polished and 600 grit (highly polished).

127.0

Tube nishes

inches

mm

OD of tube

Stock range, dimensions, theoretical weights and method of manufacturing

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel round tube Specications refer p1-2

S5

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel square tube Specications refer p1-2


Mostly stocked in 304, more common sizes in both 304 and 316. Finish: polished for all stock.
Product size range and weight (kg/m)
Wall thickness (mm)

Dimensions
mm

inches

0.9

1.2

1.6

/2

0.33

0.45

0.56

/8

0.40

0.55

0.70

/4

0.54

0.73

0.96

2.0

2.5

12.70

15.88

19.05

22.22

/8

0.57

0.80

1.02

25.40

0.67

0.93

1.22

1.49

31.75

1 /4

0.69

1.23

1.60

2.02

38.10

1 /2

0.83

1.42

1.85

2.33

50.80

1.12

1.90

2.46

3.13

3.03

63.50

21/2

3.16

3.92

3.79

76.20

4.80

4.54

101.6

6.46

6.06

152.4

Stainless steel structural square tube Specications refer p1-2


Mostly stocked in 304, more common sizes in both 304 and 316. Finish: polished for all stock.
Product size range and weight (kg/m)
Wall thickness (mm)

Dimensions
mm

25

1.50

2.22

40

2.45

3.76

4.81

50

3.08

4.47

5.96

7.41

60

3.71

5.67

7.22

8.90

80

4.99

6.87

9.82

12.40

100

6.40

9.23

12.40

15.38

14.06

18.62

22.40

150

Note: Polished nish of square and rectangular tube is grit abrasive nished in the longitudinal direction.

8
S5

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Grade 304 stainless steel rectangular tube Specications refer p1-2. Finish: polished.
Product size range and weight (kg/m)
Rectangular
tube Weights (kg)
Setical
Dimensions

Rectangular hollow

Wall thickness (mm)

Wall thickness (mm)

inches

0.9

1.2

1.6

25.40 x 12.70

1 x 1/2

0.54

0.72

0.94

31.75 x 12.70

1 /4 x /2

0.60

0.79

1.04

1.28

38.10 x 25.40

11/2 x 1

1.00

1.60

2.02

2.85

40 x 25

50.80 x 25.40

2x1

1.41

1.85

2.34

3.46

50 x 25

50.80 x 38.10

2 x 1 /2

1.64

2.18

2.70

4.12

50 x 40

63.50 x 38.10 2 /2 x 1 /2

2.52

3.14

4.65

5.96

76.20 x 25.40

3x1

2.66

3.39

76.20 x 38.10

3 x 11/2

2.99

3.67

5.43

7.22

8.90

80 x 40

76.20 x 50.80

3x2

3.80

5.93

8.50

10.63

80 x 50

101.6 x 50.80

4x2

4.60

6.95

9.09

11.24

100 x 50

152.4 x 76.20

6x3

11.25

15.05

18.80

150 x 80

152.4 x 101.6

6x4

12.26

16.35

20.40

150 x 100

203.2 x 101.6

8x4

14.06

18.62

22.40

200 x 100

Dimensions
(mm)

mm

60 x 40

Grade 304 and 316 stainless steel spiral welded tube Specications refer p1-2
Product size range and weight (kg/m)
Dimensions (OD)

Wall thickness (mm)

mm

inches

1.6

2.5

3.5

76.20

3.00

3.80

101.6

4.00

5.00

6.30

127.0

5.00

6.30

7.90

9.50

152.4

6.10

7.60

9.50

11.40

13.20

203.2

8.10

10.10

12.60

15.10

17.70

20.20

254.0

10

10.10

12.60

15.80

18.90

22.10

25.20

304.8

12

12.10

15.10

18.90

22.70

26.50

30.30

355.6

14

14.10

17.70

22.10

26.50

30.90

35.30

406.4

16

16.10

20.20

25.20

30.30

35.30

40.40

457.2

18

18.20

22.70

28.40

34.10

39.70

45.40

508.0

20

20.20

25.20

31.50

37.80

44.10

50.50

558.8

22

22.20

27.70

34.70

41.60

48.60

55.50

609.6

24

30.30

37.80

45.40

53.00

60.50

762.0

30

37.80

47.30

56.80

66.20

75.70

1016.0

40

75.70

88.30

100.90

9
S5

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Tube ttings
Complementing our stock of round tube is a range of tube ttings. The more common
tube ttings include bends, tees, reducing tees, eccentric and concentric reducers, BSM
unions and tube clamps.
Tube bends Bends are generally stocked as 45, 90 or 180 degree. Three common
manufacturing processes are pulled bends (cold drawn bend), pressed bends and lobster
back bends. The process of manufacturing often relates to the diameter of the tube and
the thickness of material used. Up to and including 152.4mm the bends are generally
pulled, by far the most commonly supplied bends. Pressed bends can be from 101.6 to
305mm OD. Lobster back bends are generally supplied in diameters 101.6mm and
above and these bends are used generally to suit spiral welded tube.
To maintain a level of quality and consistency Atlas stocks pulled bends with an
extended leg. The importance of this style of bend ensures each end of the bend is
nished off true and accurate. The extended leg gives the ability to maintain the original
circularity of the tube and a precise 45 or 90 degree radius measured from across the
end face of the bends.
45 degree

90 degree

180 degree

Tees Two common processes of manufacturing are welded or pulled tees. To maintain
product quality and consistency welded tees are stocked as opposed to pulled tees.
Tees are stocked in two forms; equal or reducing. An equal tee has all three branches of
the tee equal in diameter. A reducing tee has a reduced diameter of tube on the branch
section of the tee.
Equal tee

Reducing tee

As tube ttings are often used in the food industry and hygiene is important many of
these ttings are stocked in a polished nish.

10
S5

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel butt welding tube ttings


Commonly stocked as 304 and 316. Finish: polished or unpolished.
Product size range and weight (kg)
Bends
90 degree

Bends
45 degree

Dimensions
OD

Wall thickness (mm)


mm

inches

9.52

12.70

19.05

Bends
180 degree

Wall thickness (mm)

Equal
tee

Wall thickness (mm)

Wall thickness (mm)

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

/8

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.03

0.04

/2

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.05

0.05

/4

0.02

0.02

0.02

0.03

0.03

0.03

0.08

0.09

25.40

0.03

0.04

0.04

0.04

0.05

0.06

0.13

0.15

31.75

11/4

0.05

0.06

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.20

0.25

38.10

1 /2

0.07

0.08

0.08

0.10

0.11

0.13

0.30

0.38

50.80

0.12

0.15

0.15

0.18

0.20

0.24

0.50

0.65

63.50

2 /2

0.18

0.23

0.23

0.29

0.31

0.38

0.80

1.10

76.20

0.27

0.33

0.34

0.42

0.45

0.56

1.10

1.50

101.6

0.48

0.60

0.60

0.75

0.80

1.00

1.60

2.30

127.0

0.75

0.94

0.95

1.17

1.26

1.57

1.80

3.80

152.4

1.09

1.36

1.36

1.7

1.81

2.26

2.80

5.40

203.2

1.94

2.42

2.42

3.02

3.23

4.03

3.50

8.40

254.0

10

2.90

3.49

3.50

4.50

4.70

5.05

4.30

9.90

Usual stock range is 1.6mm wall thickness up to 127mm diameter, and 2.0mm wall thickness for large sizes.

11
S5

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel reducing tube ttings


Commonly stocked as 316. Finish: polished.
Product size range and weight (kg)
Dimensions
OD

Con
reducer

Ecc
reducer

Reducing
tees

Con
reducer

Dimensions
OD

Wall thickness (mm)

Ecc
reducer

Reducing
tees

Wall thickness (mm)

mm

mm

1.6

1.6

1.6

mm

mm

1.6

1.6

1.6

19.05

12.70

0.02

0.02

0.08

76.20

50.80

0.25

0.25

1.10

25.40

12.70

0.04

0.04

0.13

76.20

63.50

0.25

0.25

1.10

25.40

19.05

0.04

0.04

0.13

101.6

25.40

0.30

0.30

1.60

31.75

12.70

0.05

0.05

0.20

101.6

38.10

0.30

0.30

1.60

31.75

25.40

0.05

0.05

0.20

101.6

50.80

0.30

0.30

1.60

38.10

12.70

0.05

0.05

0.30

101.6

63.50

0.30

0.30

1.60

38.10

19.05

0.05

0.05

0.30

101.6

76.20

0.30

0.30

1.60

38.10

25.40

0.05

0.05

0.30

127.0

50.80

0.60

0.60

1.80

38.10

31.75

0.05

0.05

0.30

127.0

63.50

0.60

0.60

1.80

50.80

12.70

0.10

0.10

0.50

127.0

76.20

0.60

0.60

1.80

50.80

19.05

0.10

0.10

0.50

127.0

101.6

0.60

0.60

1.80

50.80

25.40

0.10

0.10

0.50

152.4

50.80

0.70

0.70

2.80

50.80

31.75

0.10

0.10

0.50

152.4

63.50

0.70

0.70

2.80

50.80

38.10

0.10

0.10

0.50

152.4

76.20

0.70

0.70

2.80

63.50

25.40

0.10

0.10

0.80

152.4

101.6

0.70

0.70

2.80

63.50

38.10

0.10

0.10

0.80

152.4

127.0

0.70

0.70

2.80

63.50

50.80

0.10

0.10

0.80

203.2

101.6

1.60

1.60

3.50

76.20

25.40

0.25

0.25

1.10

203.2

127.0

1.60

1.60

3.50

76.20

31.75

0.25

0.25

1.10

203.2

152.4

1.60

1.60

3.50

76.20

38.10

0.25

0.25

1.10

Con reducer

Ecc reducer

Interlocking clamp

Foot 25 x 50mm

Foot 65mm dia.

Stainless steel plain tube clamps


(mm)

25.40

31.75

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

88.90

101.6

127.0

152.4

203.2

(inches)

11/4

11/2

21/2

31/2

Stainless steel feet and plastic inserts


Plastic inserts to suit square tube 25.40, 31.75, 38.10
Stainless steel feet machine adjust tread with base 50mm or 63.5mm.

12
S5

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

BSM unions
British Standard Milk (BSM) stainless steel unions were designed specically for tube
installation in the dairy industry, but they are now commonly used in food and beverage
processing and the pharmaceutical industries where crevice-free hygienic conditions are
required. A commonly used term is CIP which comes from the phrase Clean In Place.
Liner
Nut

RJT (Ring Joint Type) often referred to as a standard union comprises an


O ring style gasket. This leaves a small crevice internally where the liner
and male part of the union overlap, this is not suitable for permanent CIP.

Male Part
Gasket

Liner
Nut

CIP (Australian style) developed from a RJT union, features a gasket


giving the desirable characteristics for CIP installation. The gasket lls the
crevice between the liner and male part of the union.

Male Part
Gasket

Liner
Nut

Male Part
Gasket

CIPFF the FF stands for Flat Face and refers to a BSM modied union
supporting CIP installations. The gasket is moulded completely lling the
crevice between the liner and male part and allows a small lip to give a
ush nish on the ID of the tting. The liner and male parts of this union
have been modied creating a at face style sealed with a at face gasket.
A at faced liner and male part used in a CIPFF union are shaped differently
to that used in an RJT or CIP union.

Note: Temperature rating of EPDM E gasket material is -51C to 148C.

13
S5

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

BSM unions
Union (complete) RJT, CIP and CIPFF
(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

152.4

(inches)

11/2

21/2

Weight (kg)

0.41

0.45

0.61

0.71

1.01

1.41

1.71

Liners Grade 316 RJT, CIP and CIPFF


(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

152.4

(inches)

11/2

21/2

Weight (kg)

0.10

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.30

0.40

0.50

Male parts Grade 316 RJT, CIP and CIPFF


(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

152.4

(inches)

11/2

21/2

Weight (kg)

0.10

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.30

0.40

0.50

Gaskets EPDM rubber RJT, CIP and CIPFF


(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

152.4

(inches)

11/2

21/2

Weight (kg)

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

Blank caps Grade 316


(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

152.4

(inches)

11/2

21/2

Weight (kg)

0.10

0.10

0.20

0.25

0.30

0.40

0.60

(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

152.4

(inches)

11/2

21/2

Weight (kg)

0.20

0.20

0.30

0.30

0.40

0.60

0.70

Blank nuts Grade 304

Hex nut Grade 304


(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

152.4

(inches)

1 /2

2 /2

Weight (kg)

0.20

0.20

0.30

0.30

0.40

0.60

0.70

A range of spanners and valves (ball and buttery) is also available to match nominal
tube dimensions.

14
S5

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Tri-clamp stainless steel tube ttings


A tri-clamp is used to eliminate the need for a threaded joining system,
employing a hinged clamp instead. The joint is common in CIP installation
where the seal lls the crevice completely.

Ferrule union

A range of spanners and valves (ball and buttery) is also available to


match nominal tube dimensions.

Tri-clamp Unions Complete


(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

152.4

(inches)

11/2

21/2

Weight (kg)

0.4

0.4

0.7

1.1

1.1

1.5

2.4

Tri-clamp Ferrule 316


(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

152.4

(inches)

11/2

21/2

Weight (kg)

0.1

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.3

0.4

0.7

(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

152.4

(inches)

11/2

21/2

Weight (kg)

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

Tri-clamp Gaskets EPDM rubber

Tri-clamp Clamp 316


(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

152.4

(inches)

1 /2

2 /2

Weight (kg)

0.2

0.2

0.3

0.5

0.5

0.7

1.0

Tri-clamp Cap 316


(mm)

25.40

38.10

50.80

63.50

76.20

101.6

(inches)

1 /2

2 /2

Weight (kg)

0.1

0.1

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.40

Note: Temperature rating of EPDM E gasket material is -51C to 148C.

15
S5

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

www.atlasste els.com.au

Carbon Steel Pipe


Fittings, Flanges and Tube

Carbon Steel Pipe Fittings,


Flanges and Tube

Photography courtesy of Darwin LNG and Atlas Specialty Metals.

www.atlasste els.com.au

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

Structural Steel

Linepipe

ASTM A106
ASME B36.10M
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature
Service
A,B,C

ASTM A335/A335M
ASME B36.10M
Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for High
Temperature Service
Refer Standard for grades

ASTM A333/A333M
ASME B36.10M
Seamless & Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe for
Low Temperature Service
Refer Standard for grades

API 5L/ISO 3183


ASME B36.10M, API 5L
Seamless & Welded for Line Pipe
A, B, X42, X52, X60, Refer API 5L specication for
others

AS 1163
AS 1163
Structural Steel Hollow Sections
C350

Specication
Dimensions
Product

Specication
Dimensions
Product

Specication
Dimensions
Product

Specication
Dimensions
Product
Grades

Specication
Dimensions
Product
Grade

Grade

Grades

Grades

ASTM A53/A53M
ASME B36.10M
Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe
A, B

Specication
Dimensions
Product
Grades

Specications Carbon Steel Pipe, Buttwelding Fittings, Flanges

Flanges

Buttwelding
Fittings

AS 2129
Flanges for Pipes, Valves and Fittings
AS 2129
Table anges pressure temperature
ratings, materials and dimensions
Slip-on, Blind Table Flanges
Plain
To suit Pipe & Tube OD
D, E, F, and H

Specication

Application
Face
Bore
Table

Dimensions

Grade

Dimensions
Product
Face
Bore
Class

ASTM A105M
Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications
ASME B16.5
Weld Neck, Slip-on, Blind Flanges
Plain, Raised Face
Pipe Schedule
150, 300,400, 600, 900, 1500, 2500 (to
600mm only)
Carbon Steel

ASTM A234M
(Moderate and High Temperature Service)
Welded and Seamless Carbon and Alloy
Steel Pipe Fittings
ASTM A420M
(Low Temperature Service)
Welded and Seamless Carbon and Alloy
Steel Pipe Fittings
ASME B16.9
Elbows, Reducing Elbows, Returns, Tees,
Crosses, Reducers, Stub Ends, Caps
WPB, Refer standard for others

Specication

Grade

Dimensions
Product

Specication

S6

S4

Printed July 2010

Printed July 2010

10.3
13.7
17.1
21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457
508
559
610
660
711
762
813
864
914
965
1016
1067
1118
1168
1219

1/8

6
8
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200

1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48

3/4

1/2

3/8

1/4

mm

NPS

DN

OD

1.24
1.65
1.65
2.11
2.11
2.77
2.77
2.77
2.77
3.05
3.05
3.05
3.05
3.40
3.40
3.76
4.19
4.57
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
7.92
7.92
7.92
7.92
7.92
7.92

10

6.35
6.35
6.35
7.92
7.92
7.92
9.53
9.53
9.53
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70

20

17.48

17.48
17.48
19.05

15.88
15.88
15.88
15.88
15.88

1.73
2.24
2.31
2.77
2.87
3.38
3.56
3.68
3.91
5.16
5.49
5.74
6.02
6.55
7.11
8.18
9.27
10.31
11.13
12.70
14.27
15.09

40

7.04
7.80
8.38
9.53
9.53
11.13
12.70
12.70
14.27

1.45
1.85
1.85
2.41
2.41
2.90
2.97
3.18
3.18
4.78
4.78
4.78
4.78

30

10.31
12.70
14.27
15.09
16.66
19.05
20.62
22.23
24.61

4.55
4.85
5.08
5.54
7.01
7.62
8.08
8.56
9.53
10.97
12.70
15.09
17.48
19.05
21.44
23.83
26.19
28.58
30.96

2.41
3.02
3.20
3.73

80
2.41
3.02
3.20
3.73
3.91
4.55
4.85
5.08
5.54
7.01
7.62
8.08
8.56
9.53
10.97
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70

XS

15.09
18.26
21.44
23.83
26.19
29.36
32.54
34.93
38.89

100

11.13
12.70
14.27
18.26
21.44
25.40
27.79
30.96
34.93
38.10
41.28
46.02

120

20.62
25.40
28.58
31.75
36.53
39.67
44.45
47.63
52.37

140

Note 1: For dimensional tolerances refer to ASMT A53 or A106M


Equivalent sizes shown in API Specication 5L

1.73
2.24
2.31
2.77
2.87
3.38
3.56
3.68
3.91
5.16
5.49
5.74
6.02
6.55
7.11
8.18
9.27
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53

60

160

XXS

13.49
15.88
18.26
23.01
28.58
33.32
35.71
40.49
45.24
50.01
53.98
59.54

4.78
5.56
6.35
6.35
7.14
8.74
9.53
11.13
17.12
19.05
21.95
22.23
25.40
25.40

7.47
7.82
9.09
9.70
10.15
11.07
14.02
15.24

4.8 5.5 6.0 6.4 7.1 8.2 9.3 9.5 12.7

Wall Thickness in mm

Chemical
Analysis (%) Specied
Schedule

Std

Grade C350

Structural Steel Hollow Sections to AS1163

All dimensions
are Stainless
in mm
Chart
of Commom
Steel Pipe Grades

Welded & Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe to ASME B36.10M

Nominal size

Carbon Steel Pipe Dimensions

S6

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au

Printed July 2010

10.3
13.7
17.1
21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457
508
559
610
660
711
762
813
864
914
965
1016
1067
1118
1168
1219

1/8

6
8
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200

1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48

3/4

1/2

3/8

1/4

mm

NPS

OD

DN

Nominal size

0.28
0.49
0.63
1.00
1.28
2.09
2.70
3.11
3.93
5.26
6.45
7.40
8.36
11.57
13.84
19.96
27.78
36.00
54.69
62.64
70.57
78.55
86.54
94.53
127.36
137.32
147.28
157.24
167.20
176.96

10

Carbon Steel Pipe Weights

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au

33.31
41.77
49.73
67.90
77.83
87.71
117.15
129.13
141.12
202.72
218.69
234.67
250.64
266.61
282.27

20

255.41

342.91
364.90
420.42

271.21
292.18
312.15
332.12
351.70

0.37
0.63
0.84
1.27
1.69
2.50
3.39
4.05
5.44
8.63
11.29
13.57
16.07
21.77
28.26
42.55
60.31
79.73
94.55
123.30
155.80
183.42

40

36.81
51.03
65.20
81.33
93.27
122.38
155.12
171.09
209.64

0.32
0.54
0.70
1.12
1.44
2.18
2.87
3.53
4.48
8.04
9.92
11.41
12.91

30
0.37
0.63
0.84
1.27
1.69
2.50
3.39
4.05
5.44
8.63
11.29
13.57
16.07
21.77
28.26
42.55
60.31
73.88
81.33
93.27
105.16
117.15
129.13
141.12
152.87
164.85
176.84
188.82
200.31
212.56
224.54
236.53
248.52
260.50
272.25
284.24

Std

53.08
81.55
108.96
126.71
160.12
205.74
247.83
294.25
355.26

60
0.47
0.80
1.10
1.62
2.20
3.24
4.47
5.41
7.48
11.41
15.27
18.63
22.32
30.97
42.56
64.64
96.01
132.08
158.10
203.53
254.55
311.17
373.83
442.08

80
0.47
0.80
1.10
1.62
2.20
3.24
4.47
5.41
7.48
11.41
15.27
18.63
22.32
30.97
42.56
64.64
81.55
97.43
107.39
123.30
139.15
155.12
171.09
187.06
202.72
218.69
234.67
250.64
266.61
282.27
298.24
314.22
330.19
346.16
351.82
377.79

XS

75.92
114.75
159.91
194.96
245.56
309.62
381.53
451.42
547.71

100

28.32
40.28
54.20
90.44
133.06
186.97
224.65
286.64
363.56
441.49
527.02
640.03

120

Chemical
Analysis (%) Specied
Schedule

33.54
49.11
67.56
111.27
172.33
238.76
281.70
365.35
459.37
564.81
672.26
808.22

1.95
2.90
4.24
5.61
7.25
11.11
14.92
21.35

160

41.03
57.43
79.22
107.92
155.15
186.97

2.55
3.64
5.45
7.77
9.56
13.44
20.39
27.67

XXS

19.4
25.4
31.8

13.0

10.0

11.3
16.0
25.6 28.2
33.6
42.6
64.6
42.1
60.5
81.5
50.1
73.7 97.5
55.1
81.1 107.0
63.1
93.0 123.0
71.1
105.0 139.0

4.8 5.5 6.0 6.4 7.1 8.2 9.3 9.5 12.7

Wall Thickness in mm

All weights are in kg/m

Structural Steel Hollow Sections to AS1163

Note 1: All weights are theoretical and approximate


Note 2: Formula for circular steel pipe kilograms/metre M = (D-t) t x 0.02466
Equivalent sizes shown in API Specication 5L

100.92
155.15
208.14
253.56
333.19
408.26
508.11
600.63
720.15

140

All weights
are inStainless
kg/m
Chart
of Commom
Steel Pipe Grades

Welded & Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe to ASME B36.10M

S6

Printed July 2010

Printed July 2010

CAP

RETURN

ELBOW

21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457
508
559
610
660
711
762
813
864
914
965
1016
1067
1118
1168
1219

NPS
1/2
3/4

DN

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200

38
38
38
48
57
76
95
114
133
152
190
229
305
381
457
533
610
686
762
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1295
1372
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

90 deg

16
19
22
25
29
35
44
51
57
64
79
95
127
159
190
222
254
286
318
343
381
405
438
470
502
533
565
600
632
660
695
727
759

45 deg

Long

25
32
38
51
64
76
89
102
127
152
203
254
305
356
406
457
508
559
610

90 deg

Short

All dimensions are in millimetres.

REDUCER

Note 1: Reducer dimension "H" is based on large end nominal size

1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48

OD

Elbows

76
76
76
95
114
152
190
229
267
305
381
457
610
762
914
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829

O
K

48
51
56
70
83
106
132
159
184
210
262
313
414
518
619
711
813
914
1016
1118
1219

Long
O

Short

51
64
76
102
127
152
178
203
254
305
406
508
610
711
813
914
1016
1118
1219

Returns

41
52
62
81
100
121
140
159
197
237
313
391
467
533
610
686
762
838
914

Buttwelding Fittings to ASME B16.9

38
51
51
64
76
89
89
102
102
127
140
152
178
203
330
356
381
508
508
508
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
711
711

Enlarged Section
of Lap

Reducers
Note 1

Note square
corner

25
25
38
38
38
38
38
51
64
64
76
89
102
127
152
165
178
203
229
254
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
305
305
305
343
343
343

Caps

Nominal size

Carbon Steel Buttwelding Fittings Dimensions

S6

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au

STUB END

76
76
102
102
102
152
152
152
152
152
203
203
203
254
254
305
305
305
305
305
305

Long

51
51
51
51
51
64
64
64
76
76
76
89
102
127
152
152
152
152
152
152
152

Short

3
3
3
5
6
8
8
10
10
11
11
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

Radius of
Fillet

Stub Ends

35
43
51
64
73
92
106
127
140
157
185
218
270
324
381
413
470
533
584
641
692

Diam
of Lap

Printed July 2010

1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
5
6
8

10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28

30
32
34
36

38
40
42
44
46
48

250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700

750
800
850
900

950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au

965
1016
1067
1118
1168
1219

762
813
864
914

273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457
508
559
610
660
711

13.7
17.3
21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1

711
749
762
813
851
889

559
597
635
673

216
254
279
305
343
381
419
432
495
521

25
29
38
48
57
64
76
86
95
105
124
143
178

All dimensions are in millimetres.

3/4

1/2

1/4

8
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200

3/8

25

Nominal Outside CentreSize


Diam. to-End Run
DN NPS
8
D
C

25
29

10

25
29
38
49
57

15

29
38
48
57
44

20

38
48
57
51
57

25

48
57
57
64
70

32

50

65

80

90

64
70 76
76 83 86
83 89 92 95
89 95 98 102
105 108 111 114
121 124 127
152

TEE

57
60
67
73
79
86

40

184 191 194


216 219
238
264

105
117 124
130 137 143
156 162 168

100 125 150

203
229
248
273
298
324

178

200

254
270
295
321
346
371
397
422
448

300

460 473

216
241
257
283
308
333
359
384

250

483
508

279
305
330
356
381
406
432
457

350

495
521
546
572

343
368
394
419
444
470

450

508
533
559
584

381
406
432
457
483

500

597 610
622 635
635 648 660
686

483
508
533
559

305
330
356
381
406
432
457

400

600

650

700

622
648
660
686
724
737

521
546
572
597

635
660
660
698
724
737

533
559
584
610

648
673
698
698
737
762

546
572
597
622

648
673
698
698
737
762

546
572
597
622

419
432 432
470 483 495
495 508 521 521

550

Buttwelding Tees and Crosses to ASME B16.9


Centre-to-End Outlet
Chart of Commom Stainless Steel PipeMGrades
Chemical Analysis (%) Specied

Carbon Steel Buttwelding Fittings Dimensions

Printed July 2010


850

698
724
711
724
749
787

711
737
711
724
762
787

686
711
711
711
749
787

673
698
711
711
737
762

900

597
622 635
648 660 673

CROSS

800

559
584
610
635

750

S6

711
749 749
711 711 711
737 749 762 762
762 775 787 800 800
813 813 813 838 838 838

950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200

Printed July 2010

Printed July 2010

88.9

101.6

31/2

80

90

100

125

42

44

46

48

1050

1150

1200

40

1000

1100

38

32

800

950

30

750

36

28

700

900

26

650

34

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au

850

22

24

550

600

18

20

450

500

14

16

350

400

12

73.0

21/2

65

300

60.3

50

10

48.3

11/2

40

250

42.2

11/4

32

33.4

25

26.7

3/4

150

21.3

1/2

15

20

200

mm

NPS

DN

1219

1168

1118

1067

1016

965

914

864

813

762

711

660

610

559

508

457

406.4

355.6

323.8

273.0

219.1

168.3

141.3

814

748

684

622

565

510

457

406

361

316

276

237

202

169

140

113

89

67.9

52

35.4

20.1

9.94

6.48

3.84

2.94

2.04

1.29

0.66

0.37

0.26

0.16

0.11

0.08

407

374

342

311

282

255

228

204

180

158

138

119

101

84.5

70

56.5

44.5

34

26

17.7

10.1

4.97

3.24

1.92

1.47

1.02

0.69

0.33

0.19

0.13

0.08

0.06

0.04

90 deg 45 deg

Long

543

499

456

416

377

340

304

272

241

211

184

158

135

113

93.1

75.3

59.1

45.3

34.6

23.6

13.4

6.63

4.32

2.56

1.97

1.36

0.91

0.44

0.25

0.18

0.11

90 deg

Short

112

70.8

40.3

19.9

13

7.67

5.65

4.07

2.73

1.3

0.74

0.52

0.31

0.21

0.16

Long

71.9

47.2

26.8

13.3

8.64

5.11

3.77

2.71

1.82

0.87

0.49

0.35

0.21

Short

Returns

143

134

126

110

102

94.7

81.9

75.4

68.4

62.1

56.2

50.5

45.1

38.8

31.8

25.5

20

15.9

13.1

8.92

5.11

2.83

1.9

1.17

0.92

0.67

0.42

0.24

0.17

0.14

0.11

0.05

0.04

Caps

197

189

155

147

140

133

125

116

111

104

96.6

89.4

68.4

62.4

55.4

37.8

31

25.4

13.6

9.6

5.7

3.6

2.5

1.45

1.19

0.94

0.73

0.38

0.25

0.16

0.12

0.06

Reducers

50.5

46.3

41.7

37.5

32.7

28.3

22.2

18.12

10.42

6.89

5.3

3.04

2.58

2.13

1.56

0.99

0.55

0.41

0.3

0.18

0.14

ASME

569

521

475

422

411

370

331

295

259

228

198

176

139

126

104

83.9

1085

997

912

828

753

679

608

543

480

421

367

315

268

225

186

150

118

89.9

53.5

47.7

30.5

15

9.13

5.36

4.05

2.74

1.79

0.90

0.50

0.35

0.20

0.14

0.10

68.7

66.1

Short

542

498

456

414

376

339

304

272

240

211

184

724

665

608

554

502

453

405

362

320

281

245

210

179

158

150

134

124

100

78.3

60

45.8

31.8

20.3

10

6.09

3.58

207

1.83

1.19

0.6

0.33

0.23

0.14

113

93

75.5

59

15

34.4

23.9

15.3

7.50

4.57

2.68

2.02

1.37

0.90

0.45

0.25

0.18

0.10

0.70

0.05

90 deg 45 deg 90 deg

Long

43.6

30.4

17.9

9.58

6.54

4.12

3.26

2.41

1.74

0.88

0.61

0.43

0.25

0.13

0.09

Tees

Elbows

Note 1: All weights are approximate

28.4

25.8

23.3

21

18

15.5

14.9

10.42

5.89

3.73

2.53

1.81

1.47

1.13

0.8

0.54

0.38

0.26

0.19

0.15

0.12

MSS

Stub Ends

144.96

99.66

64.33

31.98

19.39

15.76

12.72

5.74

3.56

1.88

1.02

0.70

0.41

0.21

0.20

Long

94.9

74.9

40.7

20

12.2

7.15

5.21

3.65

2.38

1.19

0.66

0.46

0.26

Short

Returns

Buttwelding Fittings (kgs per unit)


XS

191

179

167

147

137

126

109

100

91.2

82.8

74.9

67.3

60.1

51.7

42.5

34.1

26.7

21.2

17.4

12.2

7.91

4.38

2.73

1.68

1.3

0.92

0.57

0.33

0.24

0.20

0.15

0.07

0.05

XS
Caps

263

252

206

196

187

177

167

158

148

138

129

119

91

82.9

74.9

50.1

41.1

33.6

18

12.9

8.63

5.38

3.52

2.02

1.64

1.25

0.95

0.51

0.33

0.21

0.15

0.08

Reducers

37

33

31

28

24

21

19.93

13.95

10.12

5.57

3.6

2.52

2.01

1.51

1.06

0.74

0.46

0.35

0.24

0.17

0.13

MSS

67

61

56

50

44

38

29.81

24.28

15.86

10.42

7.52

4.23

3.51

2.84

2.08

1.36

0.68

0.55

0.38

0.2

0.12

ASME

Stub Ends
Long

24.2

759

695

633

562

547

493

441

393

347

304

264

234

186

167

138

111

87.7

70.9

57.7

41

1160

886

676

495

350

236

171

103

53.2

14.5

8.02

5.92

3.83

2.33

1.33

0.65

0.42

0.25

0.13

0.12

14.7
27.1

Elbows
Short

580

443

338

247

175

118

85.5

51.5

26.6

12.1

7.35

4.01

2.96

1.92

1.17

0.67

0.33

0.21

0.13

773

591

451

330

234

158

114

68.6

35.5

16.2

9.79

5.35

3.95

2.55

1.49

0.89

0.43

0.28

0.17

307

219

179

131

92.8

61.2

47.7

28.9

15.2

7.81

4.85

2.76

2.1

1.4

0.77

0.54

0.35

0.25

0.2

0.09

0.06

Caps

Sch 160

90 deg 45 deg 90 deg

9.2

5.77

4.51

3.25

2.28

1.2

0.81

0.56

0.32

0.17

0.11

Tees

114.3

OD

Nominal
size

Elbows

Standard Weight

Carbon Steel Buttwelding Fittings Weights

S6
233

165

121

88.5

44.6

27.5

15

8.63

5.59

2.35

1.71

1.2

0.75

0.43

0.25

0.19

Reducers

800

657

502

356

260

186

143

88

47.2

23.3

14.8

8.5

6.52

4.55

2.86

1.78

1.07

0.69

0.41

0.21

0.12

Tees

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

2
3
4
1
1 14
1 12
2
2 12
3
3 12
4
5
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

2
3
4
1
1 14
1 12
2
2 12
3
3 12
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

NPS

DN

Nominal Size

NPS

DN

Nominal Size

95
115
125
135
155
165
190
210
230
255
280
320
380
445
520
585
650
710
775
915

OD
(mm)
O

12.7
14.3
15.9
17.5
19.1
20.7
23.9
27.0
28.6
30.2
33.4
35.0
39.7
46.1
49.3
52.4
55.6
58.8
62.0
68.3

min
(mm)
tf

9.6
11.2
12.7
14.3
15.9
17.5
20.7
22.3
22.3
22.3
22.3
22.3
22.3
23.9
27.0
28.6
30.2
33.4
35.0
38.1
41.3
46.1

38
48
54
64
70
84
100
117
133
146
178
206
260
321
375
425
483
533
587
702

(mm)
X

Hub
Diameter

30
38
49
59
65
78
90
108
122
135
164
135
164
192
246
305
365
400
457
505
559
663

Hub

min Diameter
(mm) (mm)
tf
X

Flange Thickness

90
100
110
115
125
150
180
190
215
230
255
230
255
280
345
405
485
535
595
635
700
815

OD
(mm)
O

Flange Thickness

Ah
21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457.0
508.0
610.0

(mm) B
15.8
20.9
26.6
35.1
40.9
52.5
62.7
77.9
90.1
102.3
128.2
102.3
128.2
154.1
202.7
254.6
304.8
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)

Ah
21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457.0
508.0
610.0

Dimensions

(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B


21
51
22.2
24
56
27.7
25
60
34.5
25
64
43.2
29
67
49.5
32
68
61.9
37
75
74.6
41
78
90.7
43
79
103.4
46
84
116.1
49
97
143.8
51
97
170.7
60
110
221.5
65
116
276.2
71
129
327.0
75
141
359.2
81
144
410.5
87
157
461.8
94
160
513.1
105
167
616.0

(mm) B
15.8
20.9
26.6
35.1
40.9
52.5
62.7
77.9
90.1
102.3
128.2
154.1
202.7
254.6
304.8
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)

Length Thru Hub


Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Socket
Neck /
Neck
Welding Welding
Socket
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
Welding
min

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16
16
20
20

(mm) K (mm) H
66.7
15.9
82.6
19.1
88.9
19.1
98.4
19.1
114.3
22.2
127.0
19.1
149.2
22.2
168.3
22.2
184.2
22.2
200.0
22.2
235.0
22.2
269.9
22.2
330.2
25.4
387.4
28.6
450.8
31.8
514.4
31.8
571.5
34.9
628.6
34.9
685.8
34.9
812.8
41.3

Circle
Hole
Diameter Diameter

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24
24
24

Bolts
(No.)

65
75
75
85
90
90
100
110
110
115
120
120
140
160
170
180
190
195
205
230

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

55
65
65
70
70
85
90
90
90
90
95
90
95
100
110
115
120
135
135
145
160
170

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

Bolt Drilling

(mm) K (mm) H
60.3
15.9
69.9
15.9
79.4
15.9
88.9
15.9
98.4
15.9
120.7
19.1
139.7
19.1
152.4
19.1
177.8
19.1
190.5
19.1
215.9
22.2
190.5
19.1
215.9
22.2
241.3
22.2
298.5
22.2
362.0
25.4
431.8
25.4
476.3
28.6
539.8
28.6
577.9
31.8
635.0
31.8
749.3
34.9

Bolts
(No.)

Bolt Drilling
Circle
Hole
Diameter Diameter

Class 300 Flanges to ASME B16.5

(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B


14
46
22.2
14
51
27.7
16
54
34.5
19
56
43.2
21
60
49.5
24
62
61.9
27
68
76.6
29
68
90.7
30
70
103.4
32
75
116.1
35
87
143.8
32
75
116.1
35
87
143.8
38
87
170.7
43
100
221.5
48
100
276.2
54
113
327.0
56
125
359.2
62
125
410.5
67
138
461.8
71
143
513.1
81
151
616.0

Length Thru Hub


Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Socket
Neck /
Neck
Welding Welding
Socket
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
min
Welding

Dimensions

Class 150 Flanges to ASME B16.5

Carbon Steel Flanges Dimensions & Weights

55
65
65
70
75
75
85
90
95
95
110
110
120
140
145
160
165
170
185
205

RF
Machine
Bolt
Length
(mm)

50
50
55
55
65
70
75
75
75
75
85
75
85
85
90
100
100
115
115
125
140
150

RF
Machine
Bolt
Length
(mm)

0.5
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.7
2.6
4.1
4.9
6.1
6.8
8.6
6.8
8.6
11
18
24
37
48
61
68
85
115

0.4
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.5
2.4
3.9
4.9
6.2
7.0
8.6
7.0
8.6
11
20
29
43
58
76
94
122
186

Blind

0.6
1.2
1.4
1.7
2.6
2.9
4.5
6.2

Slip-on

0.8
1.3
1.6
2.1
3.1
3.4
5.3
7.3
8.2
11
15
20
30
44
64
88
113
138
167
235

Welding
Neck

0.6
1.2
1.4
1.8
2.7
3.1
4.8
6.8
9.5
12
16
21
35
55
79
107
139
177
223
342

Blind

Flange Weight (kg)

0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.3
2.1
3.3
3.9
4.8
5.3
6.1
5.3
6.1
7.5
12
17
26
35
45
49
62
87

Slip-on

Welding
Neck

Flange Weight (kg)

2
3
4
1
1 14
1 12
2
2 12
3
3 12
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
1

NPS
95
115
125
135
155
165
190
210
230
275
330
355
420
510
560
605
685
745
815
940

OD
(mm)
O

14.3
15.9
17.5
20.7
22.3
25.4
28.6
31.8
35.0
38.1
44.5
47.7
55.6
63.5
66.7
69.9
76.2
82.6
88.9
101.6

38
48
54
64
70
84
100
117
133
152
189
222
273
343
400
432
495
546
610
718

Hub

min Diameter
(mm) (mm)
tf
X

Flange Thickness

Ah
21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
141.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.8
355.6
406.4
457.0
508.0
610.0
(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B
22
52
22.2
25
57
27.7
27
62
34.5
29
67
43.2
32
70
49.5
37
73
61.9
41
79
74.6
46
83
90.7
49
86
103.4
54
102
116.1
60
114
143.8
67
117
170.7
76
133
221.5
86
152
276.2
92
156
327.0
359.2
94
165
106
178
410.5
117
184
461.8
127
190
513.1
140
203
616.0

(mm) B
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)
Note (1)

Dimensions
Length Thru Hub
Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Socket
Neck /
Neck
Socket
Welding Welding
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
min
Welding

Note 1: To be specied by purchaser.


Note 2: Flange weights are approximate.
Note 3: Welding neck ange bore sizes listed are for sch 40S / Standard Wall pipe.

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

DN

Nominal Size

(mm) K (mm) H
66.7
15.9
82.6
19.1
88.9
19.1
98.4
19.1
114.3
22.2
127.0
19.1
149.2
22.2
168.3
22.2
184.2
25.4
215.9
25.4
266.7
28.6
292.1
28.6
349.2
31.8
431.8
34.9
489.0
34.9
527.0
38.1
603.2
41.3
654.0
44.5
723.9
44.5
838.2
50.8

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

75
90
90
95
110
110
120
125
140
145
165
170
190
215
220
235
255
275
285
330

Bolts
(No.)

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
20
20
20
20
24
24

Bolt Drilling
Hole
Circle
Diameter Diameter

Class 600 Flanges to ASME B16.5

S6

0.9
1.4
1.8
2.6
3.2
3.9
5.9
7.4

Slip-on

0.9
1.6
1.9
2.5
3.6
4.5
6.4
8.1
12
17
31
37
51
86
103
122
177
216
268
372

Welding
Neck

0.9
1.4
1.8
2.4
3.4
4.4
6.8
8.9
13
19
31
38
62
102
132
158
225
285
365
533

Blind

Flange Weight (kg)

Printed July 2010

Printed July 2010

25

20

24

500

600

130

150

160

180

215

245

265

1 14

1 12

2 12

15

20

25

32

40

50

65

80

100

18

20

24

450

500

600

14

16

350

400

10

12

200

250

150

300

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au

125

1170

985

915

825

750

675

585

485

395

375

310

120

NPS

OD
(mm)
O

203.2

177.8

162.0

146.1

133.4

123.9

108.0

92.1

82.6

73.1

54.0

47.7

41.3

38.1

31.8

28.6

28.6

25.4

22.3

min
(mm)
tf

139.7

108.0

101.6

88.9

85.8

79.4

39.9

63.5

55.6

50.8

44.5

38.1

41.3

38.1

31.8

28.6

28.6

25.4

22.3

762

641

597

552

495

451

368

292

229

197

162

133

124

105

70

64

52

44

38

(mm)
X

Hub
Diameter

749

622

565

508

451

419

368

298

235

190

159

127

124

105

70

64

52

44

38

Hub

min Diameter
(mm) (mm)
tf
X

Flange Thickness

1040

855

785

705

640

610

545

470

380

350

290

240

245

215

180

160

150

130

120

OD
(mm)
O

Flange Thickness

DN

Nominal Size

18

250

450

10

200

16

150

400

125

12

100

14

80

300

65

350

2 12

50

1 14

20

1 12

32

15

40

NPS

DN

Nominal Size

Ah
21.3

203

159

152

133

130

117

108

102

86

79

70

54

64

57

44

41

41

35

292

248

229

216

213

200

184

162

140

127

114

102

105

102

83

73

73

70

88.9

Note (1) 190.5

Note (1) 190.5

Note (1) 165.1

Note (1) 123.8

Note (1) 111.1

Note (1) 101.6

Note (1)

616.0 Note (1) 901.7

513.1 Note (1) 749.3

461.8 Note (1) 685.8

410.5 Note (1) 616.0

359.2 Note (1) 558.8

327.0 Note (1) 533.4

276.2 Note (1) 469.9

221.5 Note (1) 393.7

170.7 Note (1) 317.5

143.8 Note (1) 279.4

116.1 Note (1) 235.0

90.7

74.6

61.9

49.5

43.2

34.5

27.7

Ah
21.3

610.0

508.0

457.0

406.4

355.6

323.8

273.0

219.1

168.3

141.3

114.3

88.9

73.0

60.3

48.3

42.2

33.4

26.7

64

57

44

41

41

35

88.9

327

406

356

Note (1) 990.6

Note (1) 831.8

Note (1) 774.7

Note (1) 704.8

Note (1) 635.0

311

298

Note (1) 482.6

Note (1) 393.7

Note (1) 317.5

Note (1) 292.1

Note (1) 241.3

Note (1) 203.2

Note (1) 190.5

Note (1) 165.1

Note (1) 123.8

Note (1) 111.1

Note (1) 101.6

Note (1)

Note (1) 571.5

74.6

61.9

49.5

43.2

34.5

27.7

92.1

79.4

73.0

66.7

60.3

54.0

50.8

44.5

38.1

41.3

34.9

31.8

28.6

25.4

28.6

25.4

25.4

22.2

Circle
Hole
Diameter Diameter

283

254

213

171

156

124

117

105

102

83

73

73

70

20

20

20

20

20

20

16

12

12

Bolts
(No.)

16

16

16

16

16

16

12

12

12

Bolts
(No.)

Bolt Drilling

66.7

54.0

50.8

44.5

41.3

38.1

38.1

38.1

31.8

34.9

31.8

25.4

28.6

25.4

28.6

25.4

25.4

22.2

(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H


32
60
22.2 Note (1) 82.6
22.2

Length Thru Hub


Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Neck /
Socket
Neck
Socket
Welding Welding
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
Welding
min

Dimensions

Class 1500 Flanges to ASME B16.5

610.0

508.0

457.0

406.4

355.6

323.8

273.0

219.1

168.3

141.3

114.3

88.9

73.0

60.3

48.3

42.2

33.4

26.7

Circle
Hole
Diameter Diameter

Bolt Drilling

(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H


32
60
22.2 Note (1) 82.6
22.2

Length Thru Hub


Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Neck /
Socket
Neck
Socket
Welding Welding
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
Welding
min

Dimensions

615

540

495

445

405

375

335

290

260

250

195

180

160

145

140

125

125

115

110

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

440

350

325

285

275

255

235

220

190

190

170

145

160

145

140

125

125

115

110

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

685

377

309

225

182

157

118

79

50

39

23

15

16

11

5.9

4.5

3.9

2.7

2.1

905

488

386

272

224

187

132

59

52

39

25

13

16

11

5.9

4.3

4.1

2.7

1.9

Blind

16

11

6.8

5.0

3.6

2.8

1.8

Slip-on

1504

929

736

568

416

306

206

124

75

59

31

22

16

11

5.9

4.5

3.9

2.7

2.1

Welding
Neck

1568

967

761

559

421

316

230

137

75

60

33

22

16

11

5.9

4.3

4.1

2.7

1.9

Blind

Flange Weight (kg)

632

331

272

193

172

146

111

75

48

38

23

12

16

11

5.5

4.1

3.4

2.3

1.8

Slip-on

Welding
Neck

Flange Weight (kg)

760

12

300

184.2

165.1

127.0

108.0

92.1

76.2

66.7

57.2

50.9

44.5

38.1

35.0

31.8

30.2

441

375

305

235

203

165

133

114

95

79

73

57

51

43

Hub

min Diameter
(mm) (mm)
tf
X
Ah
21.3

Dimensions

323.8

273.0

219.1

168.3

141.3

114.3

88.9

73.0

60.3

48.3

42.2

33.4

26.7

254

229

178

152

130

108

92

79

70

60

52

48

43

464

419

318

273

229

190

168

143

127

111

95

89

79

95.2

Note (1) 228.6

Note (1) 196.8

Note (1) 171.4

Note (1) 146.0

Note (1) 130.2

Note (1) 108.0

Note (1)

328.2 Note (1) 619.1

277.4 Note (1) 539.8

222.2 Note (1) 438.2

171.4 Note (1) 368.3

144.4 Note (1) 323.8

116.8 Note (1) 273.0

91.4

75.4

62.5

50.0

43.7

34.9

28.2

73.0

66.7

54.0

54.0

47.6

41.3

34.9

31.8

28.6

31.8

28.6

25.4

22.2

Hole
Circle
Diameter Diameter

12

12

12

Bolts
(No.)

Bolt Drilling

(mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H


40
73
22.9 Note (1) 88.9
22.2

Length Thru Hub


Bore
Hub
Diameter
Slip-on/ Welding
Welding Slip-on/
Socket
Neck /
Neck
Socket
Welding Welding
Socket
(mm) Welding
Neck
min
Welding

Note 1: To be specied by purchaser.


Note 2: Flange weights are approximate.
Note 3: Welding neck ange bore sizes listed are for sch 40S / Standard Wall pipe.

675

10

550

485

420

355

305

265

235

205

185

160

140

135

OD
(mm)
O

Flange Thickness

250

150
200

125

80
100

2 12

50
65

1 12

40

1 14

25
32

NPS

20

15

DN

Nominal Size

Class 2500 Flanges to ASME B16.5

Class 900 Flanges to ASME B16.5

Carbon Steel Flanges Dimensions & Weights

S6
540

490

380

345

300

255

220

195

180

170

150

140

125

120

RF Stud
Bolt
Length
(mm)

573

409

213

143

93

54

36

24

17

10

7.3

5.0

3.6

3.0

Slip-on

692

484

261

176

111

64

43

24

19

11

9.1

5.5

4.1

3.2

Welding
Neck

664

465

241

157

101

60

39

25

18

10

8.2

5.4

4.5

3.2

Blind

Flange Weight (kg)

Printed July 2010

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
750
800
850
900
1000
1200

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
750
800
850
900
1000
1200

DN

95
100
115
120
135
150
165
185
205
215
255
280
335
405
455
525
580
640
705
760
825
910
995
1060
1090
1175
1255
1490

OD

A
95
100
115
120
135
150
165
185
205
215
255
280
335
405
455
525
580
640
705
760
825
910
995
1060
1090
1175
1255
1490

Nominal
Size

OD

DN

Nominal
Size

*6
*6
*7
*8
*9
*10
*10
*11
12
13
14
17
19
22
25
29
32
35
38
44
48
51
54
54
57
64
67
79

Thickness
D

*5
*5
*5
*6
*6
*8
*8
*10
*10
*10
13
13
13
16
19
22
22
25
29
29
32
35
41
41
44
48
51
60

Thickness
D

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
24
24
32

Number
of Bolts

47
53
63
67
78
90
103
122
141
154
186
207
264
328
374
438
489
552
609
663
717
806
885
942
974
1050
1130
1365

67
73
83
87
98
114
127
146
165
178
210
235
292
356
406
470
521
584
641
699
756
845
927
984
1016
1092
1175
1410

14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
22
22
22
26
26
26
26
26
30
33
33
36
36
36
36
39
39

Dimensions(mm)
Drilling
Raised
Bolt Circle Bolt Hole
Face
Diam
Diam
Diam
K
G
H

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
24
24
32

Number
of Bolts

Table E Flanges to AS 2129

Dimensions(mm)
Drilling
Raised
Face
Bolt Circle Bolt Hole
Diam
Diam
Diam
G
K
H
47
67
14
53
73
14
65
83
14
67
87
14
78
98
14
90
114
18
103
127
18
122
146
18
141
165
18
154
178
18
186
210
18
211
135
18
268
292
18
328
256
22
378
406
22
438
470
26
489
521
26
532
584
26
609
641
26
637
699
30
720
756
30
809
845
30
888
927
33
942
984
36
974
1016
36
1050
1092
36
1133
1175
36
1368
1410
36

Table D Flanges to AS 2129

M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M27
M30
M30
M33
M33
M33
M33
M36
M36

Bolt Size
& Thread

M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M27
M27
M27
M30
M33
M33
M33
M33
M33

Bolt Size
& Thread
0.6
0.7
1.0
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.1
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.9
6.1
8.8
15.8
23.6
38.6
44.9
63.0
86.0
107.0
125.0

Blind

0.7
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.1
2.7
3.6
5.5
8.3
12.9
21.9
31.8
47.6
66.0
87.0
114.0
195.0

2.5
3.7
5.0
7.1
11.4
15.1
25.3
31.3
40.8
53.0
85.0

Blind

0.6
0.7
0.9
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
2.0

SOW

Weight (kg)

0.6
0.7
0.9
0.9
1.2
1.4
1.6
2.0
2.2
2.5
3.3
4.0
5.0
8.7
11.3
19.6
22.3
29.0
39.9
50.0
58.0

SOW

Weight (kg)

Carbon Steel Flanges Dimensions & Weights

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au

115
115
120
135
140
165
185
205
215
230
280
305
370
430
490
550
610
675
735
785
850

A
13
13
14
17
17
19
19
22
22
25
29
29
32
35
41
48
54
60
67
70
76

Flange
Thickness
D

Flange
Thickness
D
10
10
10
13
13
16
16
16
19
19
22
22
35
29
32
35
41
44
51
54
57
60
67
68
70
76
83
95
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16
16
20
20
24
24
24
24
28
28
32
32
36
40

Number
of Bolts

57
57
64
76
83
102
114
127
140
152
178
210
260
311
362
419
483
533
597
648
699

Raised
Face
Diam
G

83
83
87
98
105
127
146
165
178
191
235
260
324
381
438
495
552
610
673
724
781

18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
22
22
22
26
26
30
30
33
33
33
36

Dimensions(mm)
Drilling
Bolt Circle Bolt Hole
Diam
Diam
H
K

4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16
16
20
20
24
24
24

Number
of Bolts

Table H Flanges to AS 2129

Bolt Circle Bolt Hole


Diam
Diam
K
H
67
14
73
14
87
18
98
18
105
18
127
18
146
18
165
18
178
18
191
18
235
22
260
22
324
22
381
26
438
26
495
30
552
30
610
33
673
33
724
33
781
36
857
36
940
36
984
36
1016
36
1105
39
1194
39
1441
42

Dimensions(mm)
Drilling

Raised
Face
Diam
G
47
53
63
74
81
103
122
141
154
167
207
232
296
349
406
459
516
571
634
685
739
815
898
942
974
1060
1149
1385

M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M27
M27
M30
M30
M30
M33

Bolt Size
& Thread

M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M27
M27
M30
M30
M30
M33
M33
M33
M33
M33
M36
M36
M39

Bolt Size
& Thread

Note 1: All weights are approximate


Note 2: A diametrical clearance of 4mm maximum applies to pipe or tube OD for plate anges
Note 3: The ange thickness "D" dimension includes the raised face height
Note 4: Welding Neck bore is derived from the pipe schedule
*Plate anges less than 12.0mm thickness may suffer unacceptable
distortion after welding to the pipe.

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600

DN
OD

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
750
800
850
900
1000
1200

Flange

A
95
100
120
135
140
165
185
205
215
230
280
305
370
430
490
550
610
675
735
785
850
935
1015
1060
1090
1185
1275
1530

Nominal
Size

OD

Flange

DN

Nominal
Size

Table F Flanges to AS 2129

S6

0.7
0.8
1.0
1.3
1.4
2.6
3.0
3.8
5.9
10.1
11.9
20.3
31.4
44.7
63.0
90.0
120.0
162.0

0.6
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.2
2.2
2.5
3.0
4.3
7.4
8.1
12.7
18.1
23.9
35.3
47.6
62.0
80.0

Blind
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.8
2.0
3.1
3.8
5.4
7.9
12.6
15.4
28.2
38.0
58.0
85.0
118.0
196.0

SOW
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.5
1.7
2.6
3.1
4.3
5.8
9.9
10.8
18.3
22.1
31.0
47.7
62.0
105.0

Weight (kg)

112.0

Blind

Weight (kg)

SOW

G
K
A

PLATE

WELDING NECK (WN)

G
K
A

BLIND
(BLANK)

Diagrams above show the optional Raised Free

SLIP-ON WELDING (SOW)


(BOSS)

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 6: CARBON STEEL PIPE, FITTINGS, FLANGES AND TUBE

Carbon Steel Tube


Heat Exchangers, Hydraulic and Pneumatic Tube
Carbon steel tubing nds common application in two major areas; heat transfer
in heat exchangers and condensers, and as hydraulic and pneumatic tubing.
This tube is produced as a seamless tube, with a nal cold draw to guarantee
dimensional tolerances and an excellent surface nish. In common with other
product this cold-drawn carbon steel tube is made to an all-plus tolerance if
intended for heat transfer applications, but is generally supplied with nominal
wall thickness (+/- tolerance) for hydraulic or pneumatic applications.

10
S6

Stock range generally caters for applications in hydraulic and pneumatic tubing.
The projects department offers sourcing for materials used in other applications
according to customer specications. These include heat exchanger tubes in standard
mill lengths and/or specic set lengths.

Specications
ASTM A179M Standard Specication for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon
Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes covers minimum wall thickness tube for
heat transfer applications in sizes 3.18mm to 76.2mm OD.
The specication for heat exchanger tube is also used to specify seamless carbon steel
tube intended for hydraulic applications. This hydraulic tubing is manufactured with
average wall thickness specied; in all other respects the product conforms to the
requirements of ASTM A179M and ASTM A450M.
Product intended for hydraulic applications has nominal wall thicknesses in the SWG
series of sizes, while the minimum wall thickness heat exchanger tube is generally
in line with the BWG series.
In addition to the ASTM A179 tube stocked in heat exchanger and hydraulic variants,
welded carbon steel tube can be obtained to either ASTM A178 or ASTM A214.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 6: CARBON STEEL PIPE, FITTINGS, FLANGES AND TUBE

Hydraulic and pneumatic carbon steel tubing


Typical size range and tolerance
Nominal
OD
mm

inches

OD
permissible
deviation
(mm)

6.35

/4

+
_ 0.10

7.94

/16

+
_ 0.10

9.53

/8

+
_ 0.10

12.70

/2

+
_ 0.10

15.88

/8

+
_ 0.10

19.05

/4

+
_ 0.10

22.23

/8

+
_ 0.10

25.40

+
_ 0.15

31.75

11/4

+
_ 0.15

38.10

11/2

+
_ 0.15

50.80

+
_ 0.20

Wall thickness (mm)


0.90/0.91 1.20/1.22 1.60/1.63 2.00/2.03

2.64

3.25

4.06

4.88

6.40

10

Gauge
20

18

16

14

12

11
S6

Stock length 6.1 metres.


Note: Gold zinc coating is available on request.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

www.atlasste els.com.au

Stainless Steel Bar

Stainless Steel Bar

(Round, Flat, Angle, Sections and Wire)

(Round, Flat, Angle, Sections and Wire)

Photography courtesy of Ugitech Stainless and Ronstan.

www.atlasste els.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Improved machinability bar


Atlas Steels distributes Improved Machinability (IM) stainless steel bar.
Improved machinability bar results from a controlled melting process, giving high chipbreaking properties and providing a self-lubricating quality through the processing of
machining.

Range of IM
Grades

303, 304/304L and 316/316L round bar, 4.76 to 101.6mm.


316/316L round bar, 101.6 to 304.8mm.
303 and 316/316L hex bar, 13.34 to 57.15mm.
316L hollow bar.

The benets

Improved machinability.
Increased cutting speeds.
Lower unit cost of production.
Increased tool life.
Lower production power
requirements.
Consistent machinability.

Chemical composition within ASTM standards.


Properties the same as commercial grades of
stainless steel
corrosion resistance
mechanical properties
weldability
formability.
Improved drilling and tapping characteristics.

Improved product surface nish.

IM grades will reduce wear on tools and extend tool life


Highly abrasive inclusions which damage tools are excluded in the IM
manufacturing steel melt process.
There is a decrease in ank wear and crater wear of carbide tooling which results in:
less dismounting and reassembling of tools;
less adjustment time; and
a noticeable improvement in the life of cutting tools.

Atlas Steel distributes Ugima Improved Machinability grades as its main product but
also other generic brands are available.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

S7

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Flank wear

Crater wear

Time (min)

Time (min)

30
Turning
Tool:
Speed:
Feed:
Depth
of cut:

ISO P20 Carbide


180 m/min
0.25 mm/rev.

30
Ugima
316L

20

1.5mm

20
Standard
316L

10

Ugima
316L

Standard
316L

10

m
100

200

300

100

200

300

Ugima will enable higher cutting speeds


Ugima belongs to a new generation of steels and to benet fully from its unique
characteristics a minor modication is required to cutting conditions. In particular,
it is necessary to increase cutting speeds.

2
S7

The tables below are typical comparisons of cutting parameters which have been
achieved in Ugitechs laboratories and tested in industrial conditions.

Cutting
process

Stainless
steel grade

Feedstock
condition

CNC turning
(rough
machining)

Ugima 303

*AISI 303
CNC turning
(nish
machining)

Ugima 303

*AISI 303

CNC turning Ugima 304L


(rough
machining)
*AISI 304L

Ugima 316L

*AISI 316L

Cutting speed (m/min)

Depth of
cut (mm)

Feed
(mm/rev)

Carbide
insert (ISO)

250

0.40

P10 - P20

169

220

0.40

P20

130

145

185

0.40

cold drawn

110

125

160

0.40

annealed

220

280

350

0.20

P10 - P20

cold drawn

200

240

300

0.20

P20

annealed

150

170

215

0.20

cold drawn

120

145

185

0.20

annealed

125

138

180

0.40

P10 - P20

cold drawn

113

126

161

0.40

P20

annealed

103

115

149

0.40

cold drawn

94

100

128

0.40

annealed

96

114

149

0.40

P10 - P20

cold drawn

84

96

128

0.40

P20

annealed

76

90

123

0.40

cold drawn

65

75

102

0.40

Brazed
carbide

Plain
carbide

annealed

172

192

cold drawn

150

annealed

Coated
carbide

* Machining Data Handbook, 3rd Edition Vol.1 (1980) Metcut Research Ass. Inc.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Stainless steel bar


Stainless steel bar comprises numerous products referred to by the shape,
the section dimension, grade, condition and surface nish.

Shapes and section measurement


Round bar: measured across the diameter.
Square bar: measured across the ats (AF).
Hexagonal bar: measured across the ats (AF).
Flat bar: measured width x thickness.

Equal angle: measured length x width of external faces


x material thickness.

S7

Channels: measured ange x web x thickness.


Hollow bar: measured outside diameter (OD) x inside diameter (ID).

Grade

303, 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 321, 253MA, 416, 431, 2205, 630.

Condition

H&T: Hardened and tempered.


ANN: Annealed.
PH: Precipitation hardened.

Surface nish

CD: Cold drawn.

BD: Bright drawn.

CG: Centreless ground.

CF: Cold nished.

P&T: Peeled and turned.

ST: Smooth turned.

P: Polished.

SRE: Slit rolled edge.

HF: Hot nished.

HRAP: Hot rolled annealed and pickled.

RT: Rough turned/peeled.

PR: Peeled and reeled.

Note: Cold Finished is a generic term to cover: CD, CG, Peeled, Turned, BD and ST.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Dimensional tolerances for bar


Form and condition: stainless steel bars
Round
Centreless ground

Bright/Cold drawn

Cold nished/smooth turned

h8 or h9

h9

h10

Square

Hexagonal

h11

h11

ISO dimensional tolerances for bar


Tolerance number

Nominal
bar size (mm)

01

10

11

up to 3

0.3

0.5

0.8

1.2

10

14

25

40

60

100 140 250 400 600

over 3 to 6

0.4

0.6

1.5

2.5

12

18

30

48

75

120 180 300 480 750

over 6 to 10

0.4

0.6

1.5

2.5

15

22

36

58

90

150 220 360 580 900

over 10 to 18

0.5

0.8

1.2

11

18

27

43

70

110 180 270 430 700 1100

over 18 to 30

0.6

1.5

2.5

13

21

33

52

84

130 210 330 520 840 1300

over 30 to 50

0.6

1.5

2.5

11

16

25

39

62

100 160 250 390 620 1000 1600

over 50 to 80

0.8

1.2

13

19

30

46

74

120 190 300 460 740 1200 1900

S7

over 80 to 120

1.5

2.5

10

15

22

35

54

87

140 220 350 540 870 1400 2200

over 120 to 180

1.2

3.5

12

18

25

40

63

100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 2500

over 180 to 250

4.5

10

14

20

29

46

72

115 185 290 460 720 1150 1850 2900

over 250 to 315

2.5

12

16

23

32

52

81

130 210 320 520 810 1300 2100 3200

over 315 to 400

13

18

25

36

57

89

140 230 360 570 890 1400 2300 3600

over 400 to 500

10

15

20

27

40

63

97

155 250 400 630 970 1550 2500 4000

Tolerance values given in microns = x0.001mm


h = all minus
k = all plus

12

13

14

15

16

Examples:
25.40mm diameter bar to h9 = +nil, -0.052mm
160mm hot rolled bar to k14 = +1.000mm, -nil

Common stainless steel bar specications


ASTM A276:

This specication covers hot or cold nished bar except bars for reforging (see spec. A314).
Includes rounds, squares, hexagons, hot rolled or extruded shapes such as angles, ats,
channels and commonly used grades of stainless steel, including improved machinability.
Free machining grades such as 303 and 416 are not included (see spec. A582/A582M).

ASTM A479M: This specication covers the same sections as ASTM A276, for use in pressure vessel
construction. Also referred to in ASME boiler and pressure vessel code.
ASTM A582M: This specication covers hot or cold nished free-machining stainless steel bar except bars for
forging (see spec. A314). Includes rounds, squares and hexagons in the more commonly used
types of stainless steels designed for optimum machinability and general corrosion and high
temperature service, primarily grades 303 and 416. Stainless steel bars other than the
free-machining types are covered in other specications.
ASTM A314:

This specication covers stainless steel billets and bars intended only for forging.

ASTM A484M: This specication covers general requirements that apply to stainless steel wrought bars, shapes,
forgings and billets or other semi-nished material (except wire) for forging, under the latest
revision of each ASTM specication.
Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Stainless steel round bar ASTM A276


Condition: 25.4mm and less generally drawn, above 25.4mm and less than 101.6mm
is generally annealed, turned and polished. Sizes above 101.6mm are generally rough
turned to k12 tolerance.
Grades 431 and 2205 are often stocked in a smooth turned or centreless ground nish.
Diameter

Grades
Weight
(kg/m)

mm

inches

3.00

0.118

0.06

3.18

0.125

0.06

3.97

0.156

0.10

4.00

0.157

0.10

4.76

0.187

0.14

4.90

0.193

0.15

5.00

0.197

0.15

6.00

0.236

0.22

6.35

0.250

0.25

7.94

0.313

0.39

8.00

0.315

0.39

9.00

0.354

0.50

9.52

0.375

0.56

10.00

0.394

0.62

11.11

0.437

0.76

12.00

0.472

0.89

12.70

0.500

1.01

14.00

0.551

1.21

14.28

0.562

1.26

15.87

0.625

1.55

16.00

0.630

1.58

17.46

0.687

1.88

18.00

0.709

2.00

19.05

0.750

2.24

20.00

0.787

2.47

22.00

0.866

2.99

22.23

0.875

3.05

24.00

0.945

3.56

25.00

0.984

3.86

25.40

1.000

3.98

28.58

1.125

5.04

30.00

1.181

5.56

Printed July 2010

Ugima / Improved Machinability Bar


303

304/304L

316/316L

316/316L
CG

431
H and T

2205

5
S7

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Stainless steel round bar (continued)


Diameter

Grades
Weight
(kg/m)

mm

inches

31.75

1.250

6.22

34.92

1.375

7.53

35.00

1.378

7.56

36.00

1.417

8.00

38.10

1.500

8.96

40.00

1.575

9.88

41.27

1.625

10.51

44.45

1.750

12.20

50.00

1.969

15.43

50.80

2.000

15.93

53.97

2.125

17.98

S7

57.15

2.250

20.16

60.00

2.362

22.22

63.50

2.500

24.89

69.85

2.750

30.12

76.20

3.000

35.84

82.55

3.250

42.07

88.90

3.500

48.79

95.25

3.750

56.00

100.00

3.937

61.73

101.60

4.000

63.72

114.30

4.500

80.65

127.00

5.000

99.56

140.00

5.512

120.99

152.40

6.000

143.37

165.00

6.496

168.06

177.80

7.000

195.15

203.20

8.000

254.89

205.00

8.071

259.42

228.60

9.000

322.59

254.00

10.000

398.26

304.80

12.000

573.80

Printed July 2010

Ugima / Improved Machinability Bar


303

304/304L

316/316L

316/316L
CG

431
H and T

2205

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Flat bar ASTM A276 Finish: HRAP or SRE


Width
(mm)

Thickness
(mm)

Weight
(kg/m)

12.00

3.00

0.29

6.00
20.00

25.00

30.00

40.00

50.00

Printed July 2010

Grades

Grades

Width
(mm)

Thickness
(mm)

Weight
(kg/m)

65.00

5.00

2.66

0.59

6.00

3.19

3.00

0.49

8.00

4.25

5.00

0.82

10.00

5.31

6.00

0.98

12.00

6.38

10.00

1.63

5.00

3.07

3.00

0.61

6.00

3.68

5.00

1.02

8.00

4.91

6.00

1.23

10.00

6.13

8.00

1.63

12.00

7.36

10.00

2.04

16.00

9.81

12.00

2.45

20.00

12.27

S7

3.00

0.74

25.00

15.33

5.00

1.23

6.00

4.91

6.00

1.47

8.00

6.54

8.00

1.96

10.00

8.18

10.00

2.45

12.00

9.81

12.00

2.94

16.00

13.08

3.00

0.98

20.00

16.35

5.00

1.63

25.00

20.44

6.00

1.96

6.00

7.36

8.00

2.62

10.00

12.27

10.00

3.27

12.00

14.72

12.00

3.92

10.00

16.35

3.00

1.23

5.00

2.04

6.00

2.45

8.00

3.27

10.00

4.09

12.00

4.91

16.00

6.54

20.00

8.18

25.00

10.22

304

316

75.00

100.00

150.00

200.00

304

316

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Angle HRAP ASTM A276

Hexagonal bar ASTM A276

Square bar ASTM A276

Condition: HRAP

Condition: cold drawn

Condition: cold drawn

Section

AF across ats
mm

inches

Weight
(kg/m)

0.90

6.35

0.250

3.00

1.10

7.93

5.00

1.80

6.00

AF across ats
mm

inches

Weight
(kg/m)

0.27

6.00

0.240

0.28

0.312

0.43

6.35

0.250

0.32

8.00

0.315

0.44

8.00

0.310

0.50

2.10

9.53

0.375

0.62

9.52

0.370

0.71

3.00

1.30

11.11

0.437

0.84

10.00

0.390

0.78

4.00

1.80

13.34

0.525

1.21

12.00

0.470

1.13

5.00

2.20

15.27

0.601

1.59

12.70

0.500

1.26

6.00

2.05

18.03

0.710

2.21

14.00

0.550

1.54

3.00

1.80

9.05

0.750

2.47

15.88

0.630

1.98

4.00

2.40

20.83

0.820

2.95

16.00

0.630

2.01

5.00

2.90

22.00

0.866

3.29

19.05

0.750

2.84

S7

6.00

3.50

22.23

0.875

3.36

20.00

0.790

3.14

3.00

2.30

23.37

0.920

3.72

25.00

0.980

4.90

4.00

3.00

24.00

0.945

3.92

25.40

1.000

5.06

5.00

3.70

25.65

1.010

4.48

31.75

1.250

7.90

6.00

4.40

28.58

1.125

5.56

32.00

1.260

8.03

10.00

7.10

30.00

1.181

6.13

38.10

1.500

11.38

6.00

5.80

30.48

1.200

6.32

40.00

1.570

12.54

10.00

9.40

31.75

1.250

6.86

45.00

1.770

15.88

6.00

6.80

33.05

1.300

7.42

50.80

2.000

20.23

10.00

9.40

34.92

1.374

8.30

63.50

2.50

33.20

6.00

9.10

37.59

1.479

9.59

76.20

3.00

45.65

10.00

14.90

42.42

1.670

12.22

12.00

17.70

47.63

1.875

15.40

50.80

2.000

17.52

57.15

2.250

22.17

63.50

2.500

27.37

Thickness
(mm)

Weight
(kg/m)

20.00 20.00

3.00

25.00 25.00

mm

mm

30.00 30.00

40.00 40.00

50.00 50.00

65.00 65.00

75.00 75.00

100.00 100.00

Channels HRAP ASTM A276


Section

Thickness
(mm)

Weight
(kg/m)

80.00 40.00

5.00

7.00

100.00 50.00

6.00

9.16

150.00 75.00

6.00

13.80

mm

Printed July 2010

mm

Grades
304

316

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Stainless steel wire


Grades available: 302HQ, 303, 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 416 and 430. Other grades may
be available on request.

General engineering wire


Their applications are very diverse, including a large range of clips, handles, rings, pins,
axles, shafts the list is endless.
Diameter range: Drawn wire (CD, BD) 1.0 to 16.0mm.
Bright annealed (BA) 1.0 to 6.0mm.
Annealed and pickled (ANN) 3.0 to 16.0mm.
Sizes outside this range can be supplied subject to enquiry.

9
S7

Standard diameter tolerances


Description

Diameter (mm)

BD, CD, BA and temper drawn wire

Annealed and pickled (ANN)

Standard tolerance (mm)

1.00 - 8.00

+
_ 0.02

over 8.00

+
_ 0.04

over 3.00

+
_ 0.05

Typical tensile strength ranges (MPa)


Grade

Annealed
(ANN)

Bright annealed
(BA)

Bright or cold drawn


(BD or CD)

302HQ

450 - 600

500 - 700

550 - 750

303

550 - 700

600 - 800

700 - 900

304

550 - 700

600 - 800

700 - 900

304L

550 - 700

600 - 800

700 - 900

310

550 - 750

600 - 850

700 - 930

316

500 - 650

550 - 750

700 - 900

316L

500 - 650

550 - 750

700 - 900

321

550 - 700

600 - 800

700 - 900

410

450 - 600

550 - 750

430

450 - 600

550 - 750

431

800 - 950

800 - 1000

Note: Stainless steel wire is available through Atlas Steels by indent or special stocking
arrangements with end user customers. The information shown in this section of the
Atlas Steels Reference Manual was published when Atlas operated its own wire and
bar forming mill at the Melbourne site. These facilities no longer exist but the
information contained is still relevant to the product.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Temper drawn wire


Where wire is ordered to a temper designation the following values will be assumed for
tensile strengths.
Temper drawn wire Grade 304: tensile strength (MPa)
Temper

1 - 2mm dia.

over 2 - 3mm dia.

over 3 - 5mm dia.

over 5 - 8mm dia.

over 8 - 12mm dia.

1/8 Hard

750 - 950

750 - 950

700 - 900

650 - 850

650 - 850

1/4 Hard

1000 - 1200

1000 - 1200

900 - 1100

850 - 1050

750 - 950

1/2 Hard

1250 - 1450*

1150 - 1350*

1000 - 1200

950 - 1150

850 - 1050

3/4 Hard

1550 - 1750*

1400 - 1600*

1200 - 1400*

1050 - 1250*

900 - 1100

Temper

1 - 2mm dia.

Temper drawn wire Grade 316: tensile strength (MPa)

10
S7

over 2 - 3mm dia.

over 3 - 5mm dia.

over 5 - 8mm dia.

over 8 - 12mm dia.

1/8 Hard

750 - 950

750 - 950

700 - 900

650 - 850

650 - 850

1/4 Hard

1000 - 1200

1000 - 1200

900 - 1100

750 - 950

700 - 900

1/2 Hard

1150 - 1350*

1050 - 1250*

1000 - 1200

850 - 1050

800 - 1000

3/4 Hard

1300 - 1500*

1250 - 1450*

1100 - 1300*

900 - 1100*

850 - 1050

*Only available in CD nish.

Cold heading wire


Usually produced in grades 302HQ and 316 and a much lesser quantity of 410 and 430.
These grades are suitable to produce the full range of fasteners.
Product range
Diameter
(mm)

Coil weight
(kg)*

Nominal coil ID
(mm)

1.51 - 2.00

30 - 75

460

+ 0.03 - 0

2.01 - 3.50

35 - 80

560

+ 0.03 - 0

3.51 - 5.00

40 - 100

560

+ 0.03 - 0

5.01 - 7.00

50 - 200

560

+ 0.03 - 0

Over 7.00

50 - 200

620

Over 8.00

Std diameter tolerance


(mm)

+ 0.03 - 0
+ 0.04 - 0

*Stem packs available up to 6mm dia. and 1000kg per pack.


Standard tensile strength(I) (MPa)
Grade

S30430

Lightly drawn

Annealed

660 max

605 max

304

725 max

620 max

316

655 max

620 max

410

585(2) max

565 max

430

595 max

520 max

(302HQ common name)

(1) The table gives maximum tensile strengths for sizes 2.5mm and larger. Slighter higher values
may apply to smaller sizes.
(2) For Grade 410 a maximum of 620MPa applies to sizes below 4mm.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Conditions

Description

(AFS) Annealed at nal size

Softest condition for extreme cold heading.

Skin passed

Standard condition for HQ wire is annealed and skin passed


(lightly drawn).

Drawn to special
tensile ranges

For special applications such as high strength bolts or screws,


the tensile range can be specied.

Surface nish

Description

Super coat (SC)

Non-metallic lubricant coating standard heading wire coating.

Bare

All coatings removed.

Lime and soap

Subject to prior arrangement.

Spring wire
Common grades of spring wire are 304 and 316. The drawing coating is usually left
on the wire, assisting with spring manufacturing. Special versions of 304 and 316
with a controlled analysis range are manufactured for required tensile strength values.
Spring temper wire has the highest tensile strength of any stainless steel wire
conforming to ASTM A313M and can also be supplied to JIS G4314.
Coating: Standard coating is spring coat for spring forming. By arrangement can be
supplied bare to assist with soldering.
Straightened and cut lengths: Spring temper diameter 1.6 to 10mm can be supplied
straightened and in cut bar lengths, with tensile strength specications of 90% of the
table listed on the next page.
Stress relief: Stress relief of nished springs in the temperature range of approximately
200-400C can improve their elastic properties. Higher temperatures will result in
permanent softening and (above approx. 450C) carbide precipitation.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

11
S7

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Spring wire Grade 304: tensile strength


Diameter (mm)

Tensile strength (MPa)


Min.

Max.

Up to 0.23

2240

2450

0.24 - 0.25

2205

0.26 - 0.28

Diameter (mm)

Tensile strength (MPa)


Min.

Max.

1.61 - 1.78

1735

1935

2415

1.79 - 1.90

1725

1915

2190

2400

1.91 - 2.03

1695

1895

0.29 - 0.30

2180

2385

2.04 - 2.21

1670

1870

0.31 - 0.33

2165

2370

2.22 - 2.41

1640

1850

0.34 - 0.36

2150

2360

2.42 - 2.67

1600

1805

0.37 - 0.38

2135

2345

2.68 - 2.92

1565

1770

0.39 - 0.41

2125

2330

2.93 - 3.17

1530

1745

0.42 - 0.43

2110

2315

3.18 - 3.43

1495

1710

0.44 - 0.46

2095

2300

3.44 - 3.76

1450

1660

0.47 - 0.51

2070

2275

3.77 - 4.11

1415

1620

0.52 - 0.56

2040

2250

4.12 - 4.50

1365

1570

12

0.57 - 0.61

2015

2220

4.51 - 4.88

1335

1550

S7

0.62 - 0.66

2005

2205

4.89 - 5.26

1295

1515

0.67 - 0.71

1995

2190

5.27 - 5.72

1255

1475

0.72 - 0.79

1965

2170

5.73 - 6.35

1205

1415

0.80 - 0.86

1945

2135

6.36 - 7.06

1160

1365

0.87 - 0.94

1930

2125

7.07 - 7.77

1110

1325

0.95 - 1.04

1895

2095

7.78 - 8.41

1070

1280

1.05 - 1.14

1875

2070

8.42 - 9.19

1035

1240

1.15 - 1.27

1840

2035

9.20 - 10.00

1000

1205

1.28 - 1.37

1825

2020

10.01 - 11.12

965

1170

1.38 - 1.47

1800

1990

11.13 - 12.70

930

1150

1.48 - 1.60

1780

1965

Over 12.70

895

1105

Spring wire Grade 316: tensile strength


Diameter (mm)

Tensile strength (MPa)


Min.

Max.

Up to 0.25

1690

1895

0.26 - 0.38

1655

0.39 - 0.61

Diameter (mm)

Tensile strength (MPa)


Min.

Max.

2.68 - 3.05

1345

1550

1860

3.06 - 3.76

1275

1480

1620

1825

3.77 - 4.22

1240

1450

0.62 - 1.04

1620

1825

4.23 - 4.50

1170

1380

1.05 - 1.19

1585

1790

4.51 - 5.26

1105

1310

1.20 - 1.37

1550

1760

5.27 - 5.72

1070

1275

1.38 - 1.57

1515

1725

5.73 - 6.35

1035

1240

1.58 - 1.83

1480

1690

6.36 - 7.92

965

1170

1.84 - 2.03

1450

1655

7.93 - 9.53

930

1140

2.04 - 2.34

1415

1620

9.54 - 12.70

895

1105

2.35 - 2.67

1380

1585

Over 12.70

850

1070

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Weaving wire
Grades 304, 316 and some 430 are used in a variety of tensile strengths, diameters and
coatings for weaving. Applications in mining and processing, screens and mesh link belts
for mineral processing, heat treatment and in the food industry.
Specic tensile strengths can be produced to the customers requirements, generally
1
/4 Hard or 1/2 Hard (usually 900-1100 MPa or 1000-1200 MPa). Cast and Helix may
also be specied.

Flattened wire
Manufactured in a general range of 0.5mm x 5.5mm to 3.18mm x 8mm.
Edges are as rolled (rounded) as edging rolls are not used. Available in most grades.

Wire Finishes
Condition and nish

Symbol

Annealed and pickled

ANN

Description

Size range (mm)

Grey matt nish, annealed and pickled after


drawing to size.

3.00 - 16.00

Bright annealed

BA

Semi bright nish obtained by strand annealing


in a protective atmosphere.

1.00 - 7.00

Bright drawn

BD

Bright nish wire given a cold draw in oil


and cleaned to improve surface lustre.

1.00 - 16.00

Cold drawn

CD

Semi matt nish lightly drawn in soap.


Can be cleaned if requested.

1.00 - 16.00

Cold drawn in oil (BD) or soap (CD) to produce


specic tensile strength.
Can have either CD or BD nish.
See page 14/S4 Temper drawn wire

1.00 - 12.00

Temper drawn

1/8
1/4
1/2
3/4

H
H
H
H

Spring temper

ST

Cold drawn to spring hard temper.


Supplied with lubricant coating to aid spring coiling.
Can be supplied cleaned.

1.00 - 16.00

Super-coat

SC

Semi bright nish, coated with non-metallic lubricant


and lightly drawn in soap; or annealed and coated at
nal size for cold heading.

1.00 - 16.00

Wire Coatings
Super-coat/spring-coat: Water soluble coatings applied by dipping and baking
to act as a lubricant carrier in subsequent forming. Wire can be drawn in soap
to provide an additional stearate lubricant coating.
Lime: A thin uniform coating of lime applied by dipping and baking.
Soap-coated: CD wire and bar is usually supplied with drawing soap left on
to facilitate subsequent forming.
Oiled: BD bar and wire can be supplied with the drawing oil left on to assist
subsequent fabrication.
Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

13
S7

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Bandsaw and hacksaw


processing equipment
Within our branches we operate automated bandsaw and hacksaw facilities
offering a complete cutting service for your bar requirements. The local markets
and regional centres are supported by the nearest capital city when required.
Maximum cutting diameter is 650mm.
For more details regarding our processing service please contact your nearest sales office.

14
S7

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

Engineering Steel Bar

Engineering Steel Bar

Photography courtesy of OneSteel Martin Bright and Hamilton Jet NZ.

www.atlasste els.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Bright mild steel bar


Bright steel bars are carbon steel which has had the surface condition
improved over the hot rolled nish supplied by the steel mill. Advantages
achieved include improved machinability, enhancement of physical and
mechanical properties and improved dimensional tolerances and straightness.
Cold nished steels are covered by Australian Standard AS1443 or similar overseas
alternatives.

Types of cold nished bars


Cold drawn bars are widely used in mass production of parts due to their excellent
mechanical and dimensional properties, with machinability in excess of the hot rolled
condition. Round, hexagonal and square bars can be produced by cold drawing.
Turned and polished round bars have similar mechanical properties to those of
equivalent hot rolled bar, but exhibit a smooth, bright surface nish and improved
dimensional accuracy. They are widely used where a surface free of decarburisation is
required, for example in induction hardening and when the surface must be free from
surface defects, such as for use in cold forming.
Cold drawn and precision ground or turned and precision ground round bars,
where very close dimensional tolerances and nishes are required, e.g. plating.
Cold rolled sizes up to 100mm wide and 7mm thick inclusive are produced by cold
rolling to produce at and some special shape sections to suitable tolerances and
surface nishes.

Carbon steel groups

Printed July 2010

10xx

Plain carbon steels.

11xx

Sulphurised free cutting carbon steels. (Free machining steels)

12xx

Phosphorised and sulphurised free cutting carbon steels. (Free machining steels)

xxLxx

Lead bearing free machining carbon steels.

13xx

Carbon manganese steels. (Pearlitic manganese steels)

www.atlassteels.com.au

1
S8

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Steel making practice


Old
Prex

New
Prex

CS

K
X

Chemical composition
Grade

M1020

M1030

1045

1214

12L14

Example of
Old Prex

Practice

Example of
New Prex

R1008

U1004

S1010

U1010

Merchant quality. Similar to U


with wider composition range

CS1020

M1020

No Prex

As per relevant table in Standard

K1045

1045

A major deviation in chemical


composition from AISI-SAE grades

XK1320

X1320

Steel with unspecied deoxidation


(no minimum % Si specied)

(specied elemental limits as per AS1443)

Si

Mn

Pb

Min

0.15

0.30

Max

0.25

0.35

0.90

0.050

0.050

Min

0.25

0.30

Max

0.35

0.35

0.90

0.050

0.050

Min

0.43

0.10

0.60

Max

0.50

0.35

0.90

0.040

0.040

Min

0.80

0.04

0.25

Max

0.15

0.10

1.20

0.09

0.35

Min

0.80

0.04

0.25

0.15

Max

0.15

0.10

1.20

0.09

0.35

0.35

S8

Typical minimum tensile properties


Grade

(not guaranteed as these grades are not tensile tested)

Cold Drawn Condition Tensile Strength (MPa)

Up to 16mm incl.

Over 16mm to 38mm incl.

Over 38mm to 63.5mm incl.

M1020

480 min

460 min

430 min

M1030

560 min

540 min

520 min

1045

690 min

650 min

640 min

1214

480 min

430 min

400 min

12L14

480 min

430 min

400 min

Grade

Turned and Polished Condition Tensile Strength (MPa)

Up to 50mm incl.

Over 50mm to 250mm incl.

M1020

410 min

410 min

M1030

500 min

500 min

1045

600 min

600 min

1214

370 min

370 min

12L14

370 min

370 min

Note that alternative grades with guaranteed mechanical properties are available subject to special order.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Shape and section measurements


Round bar: measured across the diameter.
Square bar: measured across the ats (AF).
Hexagonal bar: measured across the ats (AF).
Flat bar: measured width x thickness.

Product and stock range for bright mild steel


Min.

Max.

Standard
nominal lengths
(m)

Round

3.17

63.5

3.5 or 6

Hexagon

4.76

73.02

3.5

Square

50.8

3.5

Flat

9.52 x 3.17

152.4 x 76.2

3.5

Turned and polished

Round

10

260

3.5 or 6

Centreless
precision ground

Round

160

3.5 or 6

Coil cold rolled

Flat

6.35 x 1.59

20 x 5

3.5

Bar cold rolled

Flat

25 x 5

100 x 7

3.5

Production
method

Shape

Cold drawn

Size (mm)

Dimensional tolerances for bright mild steel


Form and condition
Round
Precision ground

Cold drawn

Turned and polished

h8

h10

h11

Square

Hexagonal

Flat

h11

h11

h11

S8

Dimensional tolerances
Tolerance grade (mm)

Diameter or
cross-sectional
dimension (mm)

h7

h8

h9

h10

h11

h12

up to 3

+0

-0.010

+0

-0.014

+0

-0.025

+0

-0.040

+0

-0.060

+0

-0.100

over 3 to 6

+0

-0.012

+0

-0.018

+0

-0.030

+0

-0.048

+0

-0.075

+0

-0.120

over 6 to 10

+0

-0.015

+0

-0.022

+0

-0.036

+0

-0.058

+0

-0.090

+0

-0.150

over 10 to 18

+0

-0.018

+0

-0.027

+0

-0.043

+0

-0.070

+0

-0.110

+0

-0.180

over 18 to 30

+0

-0.021

+0

-0.033

+0

-0.052

+0

-0.084

+0

-0.130

+0

-0.210

over 30 to 50

+0

-0.025

+0

-0.039

+0

-0.062

+0

-0.100

+0

-0.160

+0

-0.250

over 50 to 80

+0

-0.030

+0

-0.046

+0

-0.074

+0

-0.120

+0

-0.190

+0

-0.300

over 80 to 120

+0

-0.035

+0

-0.054

+0

-0.087

+0

-0.140

+0

-0.220

+0

-0.350

over 120 to 180

+0

-0.040

+0

-0.063

+0

-0.100

+0

-0.160

+0

-0.250

+0

-0.400

over 180 to 250

+0

-0.046

+0

-0.072

+0

-0.115

+0

-0.185

+0

-0.290

+0

-0.460

over 250 to 315

+0

-0.052

+0

-0.081

+0

-0.130

+0

-0.210

+0

-0.320

+0

-0.520

The above table can be used for k tolerance dimensions. k tolerance = -0, +all.
Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Bright mild steel cold nished round bar


Product range and theoretical weights
Diameter

4
S8

Diameter

Diameter

mm

inches

Weight
(kg/m)

mm

inches

Weight
(kg/m)

mm

inches

Weight
(kg/m)

3.18

0.125

0.06

25.00

0.984

3.85

76.20

3.000

35.80

4.76

0.187

0.14

25.40

1.000

3.98

80.00

3.150

39.46

6.00

0.236

0.22

26.00

1.024

4.17

82.55

3.250

42.01

6.35

0.250

0.25

27.00

1.063

4.49

88.90

3.500

48.72

7.00

0.276

0.30

28.57

1.125

5.03

90.00

3.543

49.94

7.94

0.313

0.39

30.00

1.181

5.55

95.00

3.740

55.64

8.00

0.315

0.39

31.75

1.250

6.21

95.25

3.750

56.01

9.00

0.354

0.50

32.00

1.260

6.31

100.00

3.937

61.65

9.52

0.375

0.56

33.00

1.300

6.72

101.60

4.000

63.64

10.00

0.394

0.62

34.92

1.375

7.52

110.00

4.331

74.60

11.11

0.437

0.76

35.00

1.378

7.55

114.30

4.500

80.54

12.00

0.472

0.89

36.00

1.417

7.99

120.00

4.724

88.78

12.70

0.500

0.99

38.10

1.500

8.95

127.00

5.000

99.44

13.00

0.512

1.04

39.00

1.535

9.38

130.00

5.118

104.19

14.00

0.551

1.21

40.00

1.575

9.86

139.70

5.500

120.32

14.29

0.563

1.26

41.27

1.625

10.50

152.40

6.000

143.19

14.55

0.572

1.30

42.42

1.670

11.09

165.10

6.500

168.05

15.00

0.591

1.39

44.45

1.750

12.18

177.80

7.000

194.89

15.87

0.625

1.55

45.00

1.772

12.48

203.20

8.000

254.55

16.00

0.630

1.58

46.00

1.811

13.04

254.00

10.000

397.74

17.00

0.669

1.78

47.62

1.875

13.98

17.46

0.687

1.88

50.00

1.969

15.41

18.00

0.709

2.00

52.07

2.050

16.71

19.00

0.748

2.23

50.80

2.000

15.91

19.05

0.750

2.24

53.67

2.113

17.76

20.00

0.787

2.47

55.00

2.165

18.65

20.64

0.812

2.63

57.15

2.250

20.14

21.00

0.827

2.72

60.00

2.362

22.19

22.00

0.866

2.98

63.50

2.500

24.86

22.22

0.875

3.04

65.00

2.559

26.05

23.81

0.937

3.49

70.00

2.756

30.21

24.00

0.945

3.55

75.00

2.953

34.68

Grades: M1020/M1030, 1045, 1214, 12L14

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Bright mild steel cold nished hexagonal bar


Product range and theoretical weights
Diameter

Diameter

mm

inches

Weight
(kg/m)

mm

inches

Weight
(kg/m)

3.18

0.125

0.07

25.00

0.984

4.25

4.76

0.187

0.15

25.40

1.000

4.39

6.00

0.236

0.24

26.00

1.024

4.59

6.35

0.250

0.27

27.00

1.063

4.96

7.00

0.276

0.33

28.57

1.125

5.55

7.94

0.313

0.43

30.00

1.181

6.12

8.00

0.315

0.43

31.75

1.250

6.85

9.00

0.354

0.55

32.00

1.260

6.96

9.52

0.375

0.62

33.00

1.300

7.40

10.00

0.394

0.68

34.92

1.375

8.29

11.11

0.437

0.84

35.00

1.378

8.33

12.00

0.472

0.98

36.00

1.417

8.81

12.70

0.500

1.10

38.10

1.500

9.87

13.00

0.512

1.15

39.00

1.535

10.34

14.00

0.551

1.33

40.00

1.575

10.88

14.29

0.563

1.39

41.27

1.625

11.58

14.55

0.572

1.44

42.42

1.670

12.23

15.00

0.591

1.53

44.45

1.750

13.43

15.88

0.625

1.71

45.00

1.772

13.77

16.00

0.630

1.74

46.00

1.811

14.38

17.00

0.669

1.96

47.62

1.875

15.42

17.46

0.687

2.07

50.00

1.969

16.99

18.00

0.709

2.20

52.07

2.050

18.43

19.00

0.748

2.45

50.80

2.000

17.54

19.05

0.750

2.47

53.67

2.113

19.58

20.00

0.787

2.72

55.00

2.165

20.56

20.64

0.812

2.90

57.15

2.250

22.20

21.00

0.827

3.00

60.00

2.362

24.47

22.00

0.866

3.29

63.50

2.500

27.41

22.22

0.875

3.36

65.00

2.559

28.72

23.81

0.937

3.85

70.00

2.756

33.31

24.00

0.945

3.92

75.00

2.953

38.24

5
S8

Grades: 1045, 1214, 12L14


Other sizes available up to 100mm mill sourced generally.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

Printed July 2010

1020

150

1004

1004

100

1004

50

1004

1004

1004

40

1004

75

1004

32

1004

1004

1004

25

1004

1004

20

10

Width
(mm)

152.40

1004

1004

1004

1004

1004

1004

1004

1004

1004

1004

1004

1004

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

10

1020

1020

Thickness (mm)

1004

S10S

1020

1020

Metric ats

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

15

1020

1020

1020

20

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

25

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

40

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

38.10

1020

50

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

31.75

127.00

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

25.40

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

22.22

Thickness (mm)
19.05

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

15.88

101.60

1020

76.20

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

12.70

1020

1020

63.50

1020

1020

9.52

1020

S10S

7.96

88.90

1004

50.80

1020

1020

1020

38.10

44.45

1020

31.75

1020

1004

25.40

1020

1020

6.35

1020

1004

15.87

1020

4.76

19.05

1020

9.52

3.17

Width
(mm)

S8

Imperial ats

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

1020

50.80

1020

57.15

1020

1020

63.50

1020

1020

1020

76.20

1020

101.60

Available in Grades 1004 or M1020.

Couloured sizes typically available ex stock.


Consult Atlas branch for current availibility ex
stock or by indent.

1020

1020

44.45

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Bright steel at bar and square-edged at bar

Cold rolled square edge U1004

Cold drawn square edge M1020

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Bright mild steel square bar cold drawn squares


Product range and theoretical weights
Across Flats

Product range and theoretical weights


Across Flats

S10S
Weight
(kg/m)

mm

inches

Weight
(kg/m)

mm

inches

6.00

0.236

0.28

25.00

0.984

4.91

6.35

0.250

0.32

25.40

1.000

5.06

7.94

0.313

0.49

28.58

1.125

6.41

8.00

0.315

0.50

30.00

1.181

7.06

9.53

0.375

0.71

31.75

1.250

7.91

10.00

0.394

0.78

34.93

1.375

9.58

11.11

0.437

0.97

38.10

1.500

11.39

12.00

0.472

1.13

40.00

1.575

12.56

12.70

0.500

1.27

41.27

1.625

13.37

14.29

0.563

1.60

44.45

1.750

15.51

15.87

0.625

1.98

47.63

1.875

17.81

16.00

0.630

2.01

50.00

1.969

19.62

17.46

0.687

2.39

50.80

2.000

20.26

19.05

0.750

2.85

63.50

2.500

31.65

20.00

0.787

3.14

75.00

2.953

44.16

20.64

0.813

3.34

100.00

3.937

78.50

22.23

0.875

3.88

150.00

5.906

176.62

23.81

0.937

4.45

Grade: 1214

7
S8

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: CARBON STEEL BAR

Carbon steel round bar 1045


Refer to the Atlas Specialty Metals Technical Handbook of Bar Products,
for more detail on specications, dimensions and technical data.

Related Specications
AS 1442 - 1045
JIS G4051 S45C
BS 970: En8D / 43B

Chemical Compostion (% by weight - nominal values)


Grade
1045

C
0.45

Mn
0.7

Si
0.2

P
0.02

S
0.02

Grade 1045 is a fully killed medium carbon steel supplied in the as-rolled condition or
normalised (subject to the diameter). The tensile strength is not guaranteed, but is
typically in the range of 550 700 MPa.

Applications
The steel machines readily and is ideal for applications including:

8
S8

Axles
Bolts
Hydraulic rams
Pins
Rolls
Shafts
Sprockets
Machined parts requiring better strength than mild steel

The steel is also well suited to induction and ame hardening

Dimensional Tolerances
The following tolerances apply to bar supplied to AS 1442.
Similar but not identical tolerances apply for other related specications.
Nominal Diameter (mm)
Up to 25
Over 25 to 30
Over 30 to 40
Over 40 to 50
Over 50 to 60
Over 60 to 70
Over 70 to 80
Over 80 to 100
Over 100 to 125
Over 125 to 170
Over 170 to 215

Printed July 2010

Diameter Tolerance (mm)


0.25
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
+3.20 / -nil
+4.80 / -nil
+6.40 / -nil

Out-of-square Tolerance (mm)


0.40
0.45
0.60
0.75
0.90
1.05
1.20
1.35
3.20
4.80
6.40

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: CARBON STEEL BAR

Product range and theoretical weights


Diameter

Weight

Diameter

Weight

mm

inches

kg/m

mm

inches

kg/m

16

0.630

1.6

200

7.874

247

20

0.787

2.5

210

8.268

272

24

0.945

3.6

220

8.661

299

27

1.063

4.5

230

9.055

326

30

1.181

5.6

240

9.449

355

33

1.299

6.7

250

9.843

385

36

1.417

8.0

260

10.236

417

39

1.535

9.4

270

10.630

449

42

1.654

9.0

280

11.024

483

45

1.772

5.0

290

11.417

518

50

1.969

15.4

300

11.811

555

55

2.165

18.7

310

12.205

592

56

2.205

19.3

320

12.598

631

60

2.362

22.2

330

12.992

671

65

2.559

26.1

340

13.386

713

70

2.756

30.2

350

13.780

755

73

2.874

32.9

360

14.173

799

75

2.953

34.7

380

14.961

890

80

3.150

39.5

400

15.748

986

85

3.346

44.5

410

16.142

1036

9
S8

90

3.543

49.9

415

16.339

1062

95

3.740

55.6

420

16.535

1088

100

3.937

61.7

440

17.323

1194

105

4.134

68.0

450

17.717

1248

110

4.331

74.6

460

18.110

1305

120

4.724

88.8

480

18.898

1420

130

5.118

104

500

19.685

1541

140

5.512

121

525

20.669

1699

150

5.906

139

550

21.654

1865

160

6.299

158

590

23.228

2146

170

6.693

178

610

24.016

2294

180

7.087

200

650

25.591

2605

190

7.480

223

Available in random 5.0m - 6.0m lengths

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND CASE HARDENING STEEL BAR

Alloy constructional and


case hardening steel round bar
Low alloy steels
For applications requiring higher tensile strengths and toughness than the carbon
steels there is a range of low alloy steels. These are categorised as high tensile or
constructional steels and case hardening steels. The high tensile strength steels have
sufficient alloying additions enabling through hardening (by quench and temper
treatment) according to their alloying additions.

Case hardening (carburising) steels


Case hardening steels are a group of alloy steels in which a high hardness
surface zone (hence the term case hardened) is developed during heat treatment by
absorption and diffusion of carbon. The high hardness zone is supported by the
unaffected underlying core zone, which is lower hardness and higher toughness.
Plain carbon steels that can be used for case hardening are restricted. Where plain
carbon steels are used, the rapid quenching necessary to develop satisfactory hardness
within the case can cause distortion and the strength that can be developed in the core
is very limited. Alloy case hardening steels allow the exibility of slower quenching
methods to minimise distortion and high core strengths can be developed.

Nitriding steels
Nitriding steels can have higher surface hardness developed by absorption of nitrogen,
when exposed to a nitriding atmosphere at temperatures in the range of 510-530C,
after hardening and tempering.

10
S8

High tensile steels suitable for nitriding are: 4130, 4140, X4150, 4340, En25, En26.

Chemical composition (% by weight nominal values)


Grade

Si

Mn

Cr

Mo

Ni

High tensile
4140

0.40

0.80

0.90

0.20

4340

0.40

0.80

0.80

0.25

En25

0.30

0.60

0.65

0.55

2.00

En26

0.40

0.60

0.65

0.55

2.50

Hytuf

0.25

1.5

1.40

0.30

0.40

1.75

3.25

Case hardening
En36A

0.12

0.50

0.90

En39B

0.15

0.50

1.20

0.20

4.20

8620

0.20

0.80

0.50

0.20

0.50

6587

0.16

0.50

1.65

0.30

1.55

(17CrNiMo6)

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND CASE HARDENING STEEL BAR

Mechanical property specications


Grade

Specication

4140

Up to 50mm AS 1444, Condition T.


50 to 100mm AS 1444, Condition T.
Over 100mm ASTM A434, Class BD.

4340

Up to 100mm AS 1444, Condition U.


Above 100mm ASTM A434, 4340, Class BD.

En25

AS 1444, Condition U or BS970: Part 3, 826 M31, Condition U.

En26

BS 970: Part 3, 826M40, Condition W.

Hytuf

SAE AMS 6418. Annealed condition.

Note 1:

Specied hardenability grades are available on request.

Note 2:

The actual specication of the product ordered will depend upon the
products origin for deviations from the above specication refer the
to the Technical Department.

Note 3:

Alloy bar can be sourced in alternative conditions, i.e. annealed or other


hardened and tempered conditions.

11
Designation of tensile strengths

S8

AS 1444/BS 970 tensile strength designation

ASTM A434 Class BD tensile strength

Tensile strength
designator

Tensile strength
(MPa)

Diameter
(mm)

Tensile strength
Min. (MPa)

700-850

38.1 and under

1070

770-930

over 38.1 to 63.5 inclusive

1030

850-1000

over 63.5 to 114 inclusive

960

930-1080

over 114 to 178 inclusive

930

1000-1150

over 178 to 241.3 inclusive

900

1080-1230

1150-1300

1230-1380

1550 min.

Yield (proof) stress and elongation limits also apply refer to AS 1444, BS 970 or ASTM A434.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND CASE HARDENING STEEL BAR

Typical applications
Grade

Description

High tensile
4140

General-purpose high tensile, used for axles, shafts, high tensile studs
and bolts, gears and drill rods. The steel is also suitable for ame and
induction hardening.

4340

Suitable for the most severe duties where freedom from temper-brittleness
is necessary. It has high strength and toughness in large sections. Used in
highly stressed shafts in the larger sizes, heavy truck and tractor axles and
transmission shafts. In the heat-treated condition.

En25

En25 is used extensively in most industry sectors for applications requiring


higher tensile and yield strength than 4140 can provide, similar to En26 but
with lower carbon content.

En26

Characterised by high strength and toughness in very large sections, similar


to En25 but with a higher carbon content. En26 is used extensively in most
industry sectors for applications requiring higher tensile and yield strength
than 4140, 4340 or En25 can provide.

Hytuf

Hytuf offers an excellent combination of very high toughness and high


strength. This aerospace specication steel nds appliction in critical mineral
processing.

Case hardening

12
S8

Printed July 2010

8620

General-purpose case hardening steel suitable for comparatively lightly


stressed components. Used for automatic components such as transmission
gears, crown wheels, ring gears, hypoid gears and racers, king pins and pinions.

Atlas 6587
(17CrNiMo6)

The high chromium content produces high case hardness with excellent core
strength. Used for gears, bearings, sleeves, pins, bushes, shafts, plastic
moulds and any highly stressed or high wear component.

En36A

Used extensively for highly stressed gears in trucks, agriculture and mining
machinery, pins and brushes, heavily loaded shafts and other applications
requiring a hard surface with a tough shock-resisting core. Core tensile
strength 800MPa minimum after hardening and tempering.

En39B

An exceptionally high hardenability steel for large or highly stressed gears


where core strength and toughness is required. May be used as an alloy
engineering steel. Core tensile strength 1100MPa minimum after hardening
and strengthening.

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND CASE HARDENING STEEL BAR

Alloy and case hardening steel round bar ASTM A434M, BS 970 or AS 1444
Product range and theoretical weights
Diameter

Diameter

Diameter

mm

inches

10.00

0.394

0.62

39.00

1.535

9.38

75.00

2.953

34.68

170.00

6.693

178.17

12.00

0.472

0.89

40.00

1.575

9.86

76.00

2.992

35.61

172.00

6.772

182.38

12.70

0.500

0.99

40.50

1.594

10.11

76.20

3.000

35.80

175.00

6.890

188.80

13.00

0.512

1.04

41.28

1.625

10.51

78.00

3.071

37.51

180.00

7.087

199.75

14.00

0.551

1.21

42.00

1.654

10.87

80.00

3.150

39.47

182.00

7.165

204.21

15.88

0.625

1.55

42.50

1.673

11.14

82.00

3.228

41.45

185.00

7.283

211.00

16.00

0.630

1.58

42.65

1.679

11.21

82.55

3.250

42.01

190.00

7.480

222.56

18.00

0.709

2.00

43.50

1.713

11.67

84.00

3.307

43.50

192.00

7.559

227.26

19.00

0.748

2.23

44.45

1.750

12.18

87.00

3.425

46.66

195.00

7.677

234.42

19.05

0.750

2.24

45.00

1.772

12.48

88.90

3.500

48.72

200.00

7.874

246.60

20.00

0.787

2.47

46.20

1.819

13.16

90.00

3.543

49.94

205.00

8.071

259.08

22.00

0.866

2.98

47.50

1.870

13.91

92.00

3.622

52.18

210.00

8.268

271.88

22.22

0.875

3.04

47.62

1.875

13.98

96.00

3.780

56.82

220.00

8.661

298.39

24.00

0.945

3.55

48.00

1.890

14.20

97.00

3.819

58.01

230.00

9.055

326.13

25.00

0.984

3.85

50.00

1.969

15.41

100.00

3.937

61.65

240.00

9.449

355.10

25.40

1.000

3.98

50.80

2.000

15.91

101.60

4.016

64.14

250.00

9.843

385.31

26.00

1.024

4.17

51.50

2.028

16.35

102.00

4.016

64.14

260.00

10.236

416.75

27.00

1.063

4.49

52.00

2.047

16.67

106.00

4.173

69.27

270.00

10.630

449.42

27.45

1.081

4.64

54.00

2.126

17.98

110.00

4.331

74.60

280.00

11.024

483.34

28.00

1.102

4.83

55.00

2.165

18.65

116.00

4.567

82.96

290.00

11.417

518.48

28.57

1.125

5.03

55.50

2.187

19.03

120.00

4.724

88.78

300.00

11.811

554.85

29.00

1.142

5.18

56.00

2.205

19.33

125.00

4.921

96.33

310.00

12.205

592.46

29.50

1.161

5.36

57.15

2.250

20.14

127.00

5.000

99.43

320.00

12.598

631.30

30.00

1.181

5.55

58.00

2.283

20.74

130.00

5.118

104.19 330.00

12.992

671.37

31.50

1.240

6.12

60.00

2.362

22.19

136.00

5.354

114.03 340.00

13.386

712.67

31.75

1.250

6.21

62.00

2.441

23.70

140.00

5.512

120.83 350.00

13.780

755.21

32.00

1.260

6.31

63.00

2.480

24.47

142.00

5.591

124.31 360.00

14.173

798.98

32.50

1.280

6.51

63.50

2.500

24.86

145.00

5.709

129.62 370.00

14.567

843.98

33.00

1.299

6.71

63.80

2.512

25.09

146.00

5.748

131.41 380.00

14.961

890.23

34.50

1.358

7.34

64.00

2.520

25.25

150.00

5.906

138.72 390.00

15.354

937.70

34.92

1.374

7.52

65.00

2.559

26.05

152.00

5.984

142.44 400.00

15.748

986.40

35.00

1.378

7.55

66.00

2.598

26.85

155.00

6.102

148.11 450.00

17.717 1248.41

36.00

1.417

7.99

68.00

2.677

28.51

158.00

6.220

153.90 500.00

19.685 1541.25

37.50

1.476

8.67

69.85

2.750

30.08

160.00

6.299

157.82

38.00

1.496

8.90

70.00

2.756

30.21

162.00

6.378

161.79

38.10

1.500

8.95

72.00

2.835

31.96

165.00

6.496

167.84

Printed July 2010

mm

inches

Weight
(kg/m)

mm

Diameter

Weight
(kg/m)

inches

Weight
(kg/m)

mm

inches

Weight
(kg/m)

www.atlassteels.com.au

13
S8

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: HARD CHROME BAR

Hard chrome bar


Hard chrome bar is a chromium-plated steel product used primarily as piston
rod material in all standard applications in hydraulics and pneumatics. Common
applications are found in cranes, dump trucks, lifters, garbage compactors,
agricultural machinery and production equipment with movable sections.
Because hard chrome bar is normally used in conditions of high stress, friction and
harsh climatic environment, the quality of the base metal and surface treatment are
of paramount importance. Wear, impact and corrosion resistance, as well as high yield
strength, surface smoothness and uniform quality are most important properties of hard
chrome bar.

Hard chrome bar typical properties


The basic grades of steel used in the manufacture of hard chrome bar are 1045, 4140
hardened and tempered and 1045 induction (surface) hardened.
Grade 1045 steel bar is primarily used in hard chrome bar manufacture due to its
wide range of properties consistent with end use applications. Grade 4140 is used in
applications where greater yield strength is required and induction hardened grade 1045
is used in applications requiring greater surface impact resistance.
Chromium deposit: Thickness 0.025mm minimum, or 0.050mm on the diameter.
Hardness: 1000-1150HV (Vickers Micro Hardness).

14
S8

Diameter tolerances:
Diameter

Tolerance

mm

mm

Up to 51

+0.00 -0.025

Over 51-102

+0.00 -0.050

Over 102

+0.00 -0.075

Size range: Size 19.05mm - 127mm diameter. Sizes outside this range can be quoted
against enquiry.
Length: Can be supplied in lengths 3.6 metres to 7.0 metres. Normally in 4.0 metres for
sizes 19.05mm to 25.4mm and 6.0 metres for sizes above 25.4mm.
Finish: 0.10 - 0.30 micrometres Ra. Chrome bar is precision ground to achieve a ne nish.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: HARD CHROME BAR

Packing: All hard chrome bars are packaged in cardboard tubes which provide
cushioning against impact damage which may occur in handling and transit.
All bars are then boxed.

Chemical composition (% by weight)


Grade

Mn

Si

Cr

Mo

1045

0.43 - 0.45

0.60 - 0.90

0.10 - 0.35

0.05 max.

0.05 max.

4140

0.38 - 0.43

0.75 - 1.00

0.15 - 0.35

0.04 max.

0.04 max.

0.8 - 1.10

0.15 - 0.25

Chrome bar: product range and theoretical weights


Diameter
(mm)

Weight
(kg/m)

Diameter
(mm)

Weight
(kg/m)

19.05

2.24

50.80

15.93

20.00

2.47

56.00

19.33

22.22

3.05

57.15

20.16

25.00

3.85

60.00

22.22

25.40

3.98

63.00

24.27

28.57

5.03

63.50

24.89

30.00

5.55

69.85

30.11

31.75

6.22

70.00

30.24

32.00

6.32

76.20

35.84

34.92

7.52

80.00

39.42

35.00

7.55

82.55

42.00

36.00

8.00

85.00

44.54

38.10

8.96

88.90

48.78

40.00

9.87

90.00

50.00

44.45

12.19

100.00

61.73

45.00

12.50

101.60

63.72

47.63

13.98

114.30

80.54

50.00

15.43

127.00

99.56

15
S8

Grades: 1045, 1045 induction hardened, 4140 hardened & tempered.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: CARBON STEEL HOLLOW BAR

Carbon steel hollow bar


Hollow bar, otherwise known as seamless mechanical tubing, is a tubular
product made with characteristics and properties suitable for subsequent
transformation into a great variety of hollow products and cylindrical
components for general engineering purposes. Carbon and alloy steel hollow
bars are normally supplied as circular sections although other shapes are
available.
Selection of the most suitable raw material for production of circular hollow components,
whether the component is a plain bush or a complex precision part, should take into
consideration the advantages in using hollow bar as feedstock. It is important to remember
when comparing hollow bar and solid bar that the raw material cost is dependent on the
length of material used to produce the component. Since the purchase price of raw
material is based on weight, the price per length is an important factor.
Hollow bar is preferred by many users because of signicant savings on raw material
cost and machining time. In many instances it is possible to choose a hollow bar
with outside diameter and wall thickness very close to the nished dimensions of the
component to be manufactured. The need for preliminary operations such as turning
and boring is therefore substantially reduced or eliminated. Benets are gained from
reduction in setting-up time and machine cycle times, lower labour and overhead
costs for each component, reduced tool costs, lower lubricant usage and machinery
maintenance costs. Swarf handling problems are also simplied.

Carbon steel hollow bar


16

Products are sourced under internationally recognised specications including


ASTM A519M and ISO2938, as well as a variety of proprietary grades which comply
with the requirements of appropriate specications.

S8

The typical grades of carbon steel hollow bar stocked by Atlas Steels are:

VM312, Grade 147M


20Mn V6
TIM V6
St52
Ovako 28 (New Zealand only)

Seamless carbon steel hollow bar is normally supplied in the as-rolled condition and is
suitable for a wide range of thermal treatments such as normalising, surface hardening
and hardening and tempering.

Low alloy steel hollow bar


Atlas Steels can supply both 4140 and 4340 grades of alloy steel hollow bar, compliant
with ASTM A519M or equivalent specication and supplied in various conditions, usually
hardened and tempered, but also annealed or as-rolled conditions subject to the specic
application.
Further enquiries should be made on any specic requirements.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: CARBON STEEL HOLLOW BAR

A comparison hollow bar vs solid bar


Boring from hollow bar

Drilling from solid bar

No drilling is necessary and a shorter time cycle for the


manufacture of each component is made possible.

Time is required for drilling from solid bar and the boring
operation may still be required.

Boring from hollow bar creates less swarf resulting in low


material wastage and less-frequent machine cleaning.

Drilling from solid bar creates an excessive amount of swarf


resulting in high wastage and frequent machine cleaning.

Coolant may not be needed.

Coolant most likely required.

Hollow bar: product range and theoretical weights


OD (mm)

ID (mm)

Weight
(kg/m)

OD (mm)

ID (mm)

Weight
(kg/m)

OD (mm)

ID (mm)

Weight
(kg/m)

32

16

4.85

75

45

22.70

100

80

22.80

32

20

3.98

75

50

19.70

106

56

50.60

36

16

6.54

75

56

15.80

106

63

45.50

36

20

5.66

75

60

13.34

106

71

30.80

36

25

4.29

80

40

30.10

106

80

30.50

40

20

7.54

80

45

27.50

106

85

25.40

40

25

6.17

80

50

24.50

112

63

53.70

40

28

5.20

80

56

20.60

112

71

47.10

45

20

10.18

80

63

15.50

112

80

38.70

45

28

7.83

85

45

32.60

112

90

28.20

45

32

6.36

85

50

29.70

118

63

62.30

50

25

11.74

85

55

26.40

118

71

55.60

50

32

9.30

85

67

17.40

118

80

47.30

17

50

36

7.63

90

45

37.45

118

85

42.59

S8

56

28

14.49

90

50

35.10

118

90

36.80

56

32

13.02

90

56

31.20

118

95

32.08

56

36

11.60

90

63

26.00

125

71

66.20

56

40

9.70

90

67

22.95

125

80

57.80

63

32

18.50

90

71

19.40

125

90

47.30

63

36

16.80

95

50

40.80

125

95

41.60

63

40

14.90

95

60

33.45

125

100

35.60

63

45

12.30

95

56

36.90

132

80

67.96

63

50

9.40

95

63

32.08

132

71

77.50

71

36

23.50

95

67

28.60

132

80

69.10

71

40

21.70

95

75

21.50

132

90

58.60

71

45

19.00

100

56

42.90

132

98

49.40

71

50

16.10

100

63

37.80

132

106

39.30

71

56

12.20

100

71

31.20

140

90

72.10

75

40

25.30

100

75

27.60

140

80

82.60

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: CARBON STEEL HOLLOW BAR

Hollow bar: product range and theoretical weights

18
S8

OD (mm)

ID (mm)

Weight
(kg/m)

OD (mm)

ID (mm)

Weight
(kg/m)

140

90

72.10

212

170

101.04

140

100

60.40

224

132

211.95

140

106

52.80

224

160

155.80

140

112

44.70

224

180

115.60

150

80

100.70

236

140

228.40

150

85

100.77

236

170

169.90

150

95

84.60

236

190

127.50

150

106

70.90

250

150

261.17

150

118

54.40

250

180

190.90

150

125

43.70

250

200

142.80

160

90

109.50

273

173

275.00

160

100

97.80

273

193

230.00

160

112

82.10

273

201

210.40

160

122

67.70

273

213

180

160

132

52.00

273

223

157.00

162.1

79.7

122.80

298

198

306.41

162.1

111.3

85.60

298

218

255.00

170

100

118.40

298

238

199.00

170

118

94.20

298

248

170.00

170

130

75.90

298

258

137.00

170

140

59.20

324

224

337.80

172.3

121.3

92.20

324

244

280.00

180

100

140.10

324

274

186.00

180

112

126.03

356

236

437.00

180

125

105.04

356

256

377.00

180

140

80.90

356

276

311.00

180

150

63.00

406

286

512.00

190

109

156.20

406

306

439.00

190

132

117.50

406

334

324.00

190

150

86.20

457

327

628.00

190

160

67.10

457

357

502.00

200

112

176.85

200

140

129.62

200

160

92.25

212

125

180.99

212

150

142.3

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 8: ENGINEERING BAR: BANDSAW AND HACKSAW PROCESSING EQUIPMENT

Bandsaw and hacksaw


processing equipment
Within our branches we operate automated bandsaw and hacksaw facilities
offering a complete cutting service for your bar requirements. The local markets
and regional centres are supported by the nearest capital city when required.
Maximum cutting diameter is 650mm.
For more details regarding our processing service please contact your nearest sales office.

19
S8

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

www.atlasste els.com.au

Aluminium Sheet, Coil,


Plate and Treadplate

Aluminium Sheet, Coil, Plate


and Treadplate

Photography courtesy of Alcoa Aluminium and INCAT.

www.atlasste els.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Aluminium
Advantages of using Aluminium

Light weight approximately 3 the density of steel.


Strength some alloys can be substantially strengthened by work or by heat treatment.
Workability easy formability, machinability and readily welded.
Corrosion resistance varies depending on the alloy; the best resist marine exposure.
Non-toxic often used in contact with food.
Non-magnetic and non-sparking.
Electrical conductivity very high; sometimes used for electrical conductors.
Thermal conductivity high.
Reectivity bright nish options available.

Specications
Generally in accordance with the specications as outlined in the manual Aluminium
Standards and Data published by The Aluminium Association, USA. Australian and
other national specications are generally in line with AA specications.
Aluminium is identiable by alloy and temper, which indicates chemical and mechanical
properties. This assists with possible applications for the product.
The following alloys are those commonly stocked in the Atlas Steels aluminium at
products program.

Aluminium alloy compositions


Typical compositions of some common alloys. All values are percent.
Alloy

Al

1050
1145
1200
2011
3003
3004
3105
5005
5052
5083
5186
5251
5383
5454
6005
6060
6061
6063
6106
6262
6351

99.5 min
99.45 min
99.0 min
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem
rem

Si

Cu

5.5
0.12

Mn

Cr

Others

Pb & Bi 0.4% each


1.2
1.2
0.6

0.7
0.4
0.3
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.6
1.0

Mg

0.28
0.1
0.28
0.6

1.0
0.50
0.8
2.5
4.4
3.3
2.0
4.6
2.7
0.5
0.5
1.0
0.7
0.6
1.0
0.6

0.25
0.15

1
S9

0.1
Fe 0.2%
0.20

0.09

Pb & Bi 0.55% each

Only major alloying elements are listed.


Normal impurities are also present.
Refer to specications for limits to both major elements and impurities.
Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

S9

Printed July 2010

Commercial pure aluminium.

Used in cooking utensils and for deep frying

Screw machine products not requiring decorative anodising

Chemical equipment, sheet metal work, rigid foil containers & closures

Sheet metal work, car bodies, seam welding tubing, roong sheet

Painted sheet products

Appliances & utensils, general sheet metal work & high-strength foil

Sheet metal work, appliances, marine applications

High strength alloy used in transport, marine & structural

1145 &

1200

2011

3003

3004

3105

5005

5052/5251

5083

Specic to the marine industry with characteristics similar

resistance is needed. Used in transport applications.

General purpose extrusion alloy for architectural

applications where additional strength is required & for

6351

6063 &

6060

Medium strength alloy used for architectural applications

Screw maching products suitable for decorative anodising

applications not involving welding

where additional strength is required & for structural


B,B

A,A

A,A

B,B

A,A

A,A

A,C

A,C

A,A

A,A

A,A

A,A

A,A

D,D

A,A

A,A

Corrosion
Resistace4

A,A

C,C

C,C

B,C

B,C

C,B

C,B

C,B

C,B

D,C

D,C

D,C

D,C

A,A

D,C

D,C

Machinability

B,B

A,A

A,A

A,A

A,A

A,A

A,A

A,A

A,A

A,A

A,A

A,A

A,A

D,D

A,A

A,A

Weldability3

Characteristics1

B,B

A,A

A,A

B,B

B,B

C,C

C,C

C,C

C,C

B,B

B,B

B,B

B,B

D,D

B,B

B,B

Anodising2 Plate

Relative ratings in decreasing order of merit = A B C D (where A = most applicable). Two ratings e.g. AC are for annealed and hardest tempers.
Rating indicates suitability of alloy for decorative quality anodising; all aluminium alloys can be anodised for increased corrosion and wear resistance. See separate note Anodising Quality.
Weldability rating quoted is for arc welding. Some alloys have lesser weldability by gas processes.
General corrosion resistance rating. resistance to stress corrosion cracking can be less.

6262

6106

Structural applications where strength & corrosion

6061 &

structural applications not involving welding

Good strength for structural applications

temperatures, marine applications

Welded structures, pressure vessels for use at elevated

to 5083 with enhance weldability

6005

5454

5383

Chemical & process plant & equipment

1050

applications

Typical Application

Alloy

Alloy Characteristics and Forms

Sheet

Coil

Commercial Form

Extrusions

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Aluminium sheet, coil,


plate and treadplate
Alloy systems
Alloy series

Major alloying element

1??? =

Pure aluminium (99.0% min. and greatest)

2??? =

Copper is major addition

3??? =

Manganese is major addition

4??? =

Silicon is major addition

5??? =

Magnesium is major addition

6??? =

Magnesium and Silicon are major additions

7??? =

Zinc is major addition

8??? =

Alloys not covered above

Understanding an Alloy code


Therefore 5052 means:

An alloy code is made up of 4 digits, e.g:

Major alloying element

Indicates changes to minor


alloying elements

Heat treatable and non-heat


treatable Alloys

52
Alloy identication
number

Magnesium is the major


alloying element

No changes to original alloy


since it was introduced

52

Identies the chemical


composition of this alloy

Temper designation systems


Strain hardened alloys

Alloy

Treatable/non-treatable

Temper

Hardness

1??? =

Non-heat treatable

Soft

3??? =

Non-heat treatable

H?2

4 hard

5??? =

Non-heat treatable

H?4

2 hard

6??? =

Heat treatable

H?6

p hard

H?8

Hard

Non-heat treatable alloys can be hardened by


cold work. The degree of work hardening is
designated by the Temper. Heat treatable alloys
(the 2000, 6000 and 7000 series) are able to be
solution treated and then age-hardened. These
have T tempers.

Printed July 2010

Where ? can be:


1 = As rolled - no nal annealed e.g. H12
2 = Strain hardened and then partially annealed
(200C - 260C) e.g. H24
3 = Strain hardened and then stabilized (150C) e.g. H36

www.atlassteels.com.au

3
S9

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Understanding a cold rolled temper code

Plate temper codes


Code

Description

H111

Strain hardened less than the amount required for a controlled H11 temper.

H112

No special control over amount of strain hardening. Some minimum strength limits set.

H321

Strain hardened less than amount required for a controlled H32 temper.

H116

Acceptable resistance to stress cracking and exfoliation attack. Strain hardened less than amount
required for a controlled H32 temper.

H321/H116

Plate can be supplied with a dual temper from select mills.

H32

Strain hardened by rolling and then stabilising heat treatment to 4 hard.

Note: Plate tempers generally restricted to 2 hard maximum owing to heavy gauge cannot get sufficient cold work for higher tempers.

Plate standards
Standard

Description

ASTM B928

Typically a marine standard requiring exfoliation corrosion testing but also inter-granular resistance.
Material for marine application is typically ordered as tempers H116 and/or H321 and possibly
referenced to an international recognised testing authority. All material to this standard is line
marked with manufacturing traceability.

ASTM B209

A non-marine application where additional corrosion testing is not required. This is typically applied
to plate for the transport industry where surface nish and bright levels are critical. Material is
ordered to a standard H temper i.e. H32, which mechanical properties are very similar to H321.
The material does not require identication line marking from the manufacturer.

DNV/Lloyds

Plate for marine applications can be supplied with testing certied by Det Norske Veritas (DNV).

Anodising Quality Aluminium Sheet


Altas standard stock is not classied as anodising quality and as such is not guaranteed to give acceptable anodising
appearance in any particular conditions. Much of this standard stock has been shown by considerable production
experience to anodise well, particularly in smaller items and where exact colour consistency is not required. The
acceptability of anodising outcomes should be established by trial on a case by case basis with this product.

Atlas can source anodising quality aluminium sheet, usually in grade 5005. Where exact colour matching is required
across a batch or even between batches this should be discussed with Atlas sales staff.

S9

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Product range
Aluminium Sheet
Note: Through our processing facilities (Atlas Metals Processors), all sheet product can be slit and cut to length for specic requirements.
Linishing is also available.

Alloys

5005, 5052/ 5251

Tempers

0, H32, H34, H38, H321/H116

Thickness range (mm)

0.15 to less than 6

Width range (mm)

900, 1200, 1500

Length range (mm)

1800, 2400, 3000, 3600

Other grades available on request.

Aluminium Coil/Strip
Note: Through our processing facilities (Atlas Metals Processors), all coil product can be slit and cut to length for specic requirements.
Linishing is also available.

Alloys

3003, 3004, 3105, 5005, 5052/5251

Tempers

0, H32, H34, H38, H321/H116

Thickness range (mm)

0.15 to less than 6

Width range (mm)

25 to 1525

Aluminium Plate
Note: Through our processing facilities (Atlas Metals Processors), all plate product can be slit and cut to length for specic requirements.

Alloys

5083, 5005, 5052, 5454, 5186

Tempers

H32, H34, H321/H116

Thickness range (mm)

6 to 25

Width range (mm)

1200 to 2500

Length range (mm)

2400 to 12000

Aluminium Treadplate
Note: Mill orders can be supplied to a customers desired width and length.

Alloys (Commonly stocked)

5052/5251, 3003

Tempers

0, H112, H114

Finish

Standard 5 bar Mill Finish (Alloy 5052/5251 Temper 0)

5
S9

Propeller Pattern Bright (Alloy 3003 Temper H114)


Thickness range (mm)

1.6 to 8

Width range (mm)

1200 to1525

Length range (mm)

2400 to 6100

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Extrusions
Standard and industry specic shapes are stocked in select Atlas branches. Please enquire at your local
sales office.
Non Standard Product Range
Aluminium product can be sourced outside the standard stock range nominated above. For such inquiries please
contact the local Atlas sales office.

Finishes
Aluminium Plate

Elval Bright Transport Plate: this material is sourced from a select mill. Atlas market and stock this quality of
plate in Alloy 5083, temper H32.

Mill Finish: this refers to plate supplied ex mill with a commercial nish. This material is typically used in the
marine industry, general engineering and transport industry where bright plate is not critical.

Tread Plate
Pattern - 5 Bar
available in Alloy 5052

Pattern - Propeller or 1 Bar


available in Alloy 3003

6
S9

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Bending radius chart


Recommended minimum inside bending radii for 90 degree cold forming of sheet and
plate 123 (bending transverse to rolling direction).
Radii for various thickness expressed in terms of thickness t
Alloy
1080A
1050
1350
1150
1100
1200

20242
3003
3203
3005
5005

3004

5050A

5052
5251

5154A
5454

5083
5086

6061

2
3

Temper
0
H12
H14
H16
H18
0
H12
H14
H16
H18
0
T42
0
H12
H14
H16
H18
H32
H34
H36
H38
0
H32
H34
H36
H38
0
H32
H34
H36
H38
0
H32
H34
H36
H38
0
H32
H34
H112
0
H321
0
H32
H34
H36
H112
0
T4 & T42
T6 & T62

t=0.4mm
0t
0t
0t
0t
0.5t
0t
0t
0t
0t
1t
0t
2.5t
0t
0t
0t
0.5t
1t
0t
0t
0.5t
1t
0t
0t
0t
1t
1t
0t
0t
0t
1t
1t
0t
0t
0t
1t
1t
0t
0t
0.5t

t=0.8mm
0t
0t
0t
0t
1t
0t
0t
0t
0.5t
1.5t
1t
3t
0t
0t
0t
1t
1.5t
0t
0t
1t
1.5t
0t
0t
1t
1t
1.5t
0t
0t
0t
1t
1.5t
0t
0t
1t
1t
1.5t
0t
0.5t
1t

t=1.6mm
0t
0t
0t
0.5t
1.5t
0t
0t
0t
1t
2t
1t
4t
0t
0t
0t
1t
2t
0t
0t
1t
2t
0t
0.5t
1t
1.5t
2.5t
0t
0t
1t
1.5t
2.5t
0t
1t
1.5t
1.5t
2.5t
0.5t
1t
1.5t

t=3.0mm
0t
0t
0.5t
1t
2t
0t
0.5t
1t
1.5t
3t
1t
5t
0t
0.5t
1t
1.5t
3t
0.5t
1t
1.5t
2.5t
0.5t
1t
1.5t
2.5t
3t
0.5t
1t
1.5t
2t
3t
0.5t
1.5t
2t
2.5t
3t
1t
1.5t
2t

t=4.0mm
0t
0t
0.5t

t=6.0mm
0.5t
0.5t
1t

t=10.0mm
0.5t
1t
1.5t

t=12.0mm
1t
1.5t
2t

0t
1t
1t
1.5t

1t
1t
1.5t
2.5t

1t
1.5t
2t
3t

1.5t
2t
2.5t
4t

1t
5t
0.5t
1t
1t

1t
6t
1t
1t
1.5t

2.5t
7t
1t
1.5t
2t

4t
8t
1.5t
2t
2.5t

1t
1.5t
2.5t
3.5t
1t
1t
1.5t

1t
1.5t
3t
4.5t
1t
1.5t
2.5t

1.5t
2t
3.5t
5.5t

2t
2.5t
4t
6.5t

1t
1t
1.5t

1t
1.5t
2t

1t
1.5t
2t
3t
4t
1t
1.5t
2.5t

0t
0t
0.5t

1.5t
0t
1.5t
1t

0.5t
1t
1.5t
1.5t
1.5t

1t
1.5t
1t
2t
2t
3t

1.5t
1.5t
2.5t
4t
5.5t
1.5t
2.5t
3.5t
2.5t
1.5t
2t
1.5t
2.5t
3.5t

1.5t
2t
3t
4.5t
6.5t
1.5t
3.5t
4t
3t
1.5t
2.5t
1.5t
3t
4t

0t
0t
1t

0t
0.5t
1t

0t
1t
1.5t

1t
1.5t
2.5t

1t
1.5t
1t
2t
2.5t
3.5t
1.5t
1t
2.5t
3t

1t
1.5t
2.5t
3.5t
5t
1t
2t
3t
2t
1t
1.5t
1t
2t
3t
2t
1t
3t
4t

2t
1.5t
3.5t
4.5t

2.5t
2t
4t
5t

The radii listed are the minimum recommended for bending sheets and plates without fracturing in a standard press break with air bend dies. Other types
of bending operations may require larger radii or permit smaller radii. The minimum permissible radii will also vary with the design and condition of
tooling.
Heat-treatable alloys can be formed over appreciable smaller radii immediately after solution heat treatment.
The H112 temper (applicable to non-heat treatable alloys) is supplied in the as-fabricate condition without special property control, but usually can be
formed over radii applicable to the H14 (or H34) temper or smaller.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

7
S9

www.atlasste els.com.au

Quenched & Tempered


Low Alloy Steel Plate

10

Quenched & Tempered


Low Alloy Steel Plate

Photography courtesy of Outokumpu, Atlas Specialty Metals and *Corbis (copyright).

www.atlasste els.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 10: QUENCHED AND TEMPERED LOW ALLOY STEEL PLATE

Quenched and Tempered


Low Alloy Steel Plate
Atlas Steels stocks and distributes quenched and tempered plate, a steel that is
stronger and harder than ordinary carbon steel. The product is used for the
manufacture and repair of machinery and structures where greater abrasion
resistance or higher yield strength is required.
Atlas primarily stocks the Bisalloy brand range of quenched and tempered plate that is
readily available in a multitude of grades and thicknesses.

Grade 80
High strength, low alloy structural steel with controlled carbon equivalent for optimum
weldability. This plate can be successfully welded to itself and a range of other steels,
provided low hydrogen consumables are used and attention is paid to preheat, interpass
temperature, heat input and the degree of joint restraint.
Stress relieving can be achieved at 540C-570C. Heating above this temperature should be
avoided to minimise adverse effects on mechanical properties. This plate can be successfully
cold formed, provided allowances are made for the increased strength of the steel.
Applications. Utilising the high strength properties of this grade allows reduction in
section thickness, without loss of structural integrity. Common applications:
Transport equipment

Lifting equipment

Excavator and loader buckets

Dump truck trays

Grade 400/450
High hardness, abrasion-resistant steel with a controlled carbon equivalent for optimum
weldability. With attention to heat input, preheat and consumable selection, it can be
readily welded to itself and other steels, using conventional low hydrogen processes.
Applications. Through the plates hardness and good mechanical properties this grade
is the most popular wear plate in Australia. It has been extensively used in the following areas:
Dump trucks

Earthmoving buckets

Chutes

Gear wheels

Grade 500
Medium carbon, high hardness and abrasion-resistant steel. With attention to heat
input, preheat and consumable selection, it can successfully be welded to itself and a
range of other steels.
The high hardness causes difficult cold forming, requiring higher bending and cold
forming forces along with greater allowances for springback.
Applications. The hardest quenched and tempered steel produced offers exceptional
long life in sliding abrasion applications such as:

Printed July 2010

Chutes

Cutting edges

Wear liners

Earthmoving buckets

www.atlassteels.com.au

1
S10

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 10: QUENCHED AND TEMPERED LOW ALLOY STEEL PLATE

Quenched and Tempered steel plate range


Product stocked or available from production in Australia
Thickness (mm)

Width x Length (mm)

2500 x 9000

1525 x 8000

2500 x 9000

2485 x 8000

S10

2485 x 8000

10

2485 x 8000

10

3100 x 8000

12

2485 x 8000

12

3100 x 8000

16

2485 x 8000

16

3100 x 8000

20

2485 x 8000

20

3100 x 8000

25

2485 x 8000

25

3100 x 8000

32

2485 x 8000

32

3100 x 9000

40

2485 x 8000

50

2485 x 8000

60

2485 x 6000

65

2400 x 6000

70

1900 x 6000

75

1900 x 6000

80

1900 x 6000

90

1525 x 6000

100

1525 x 6000

120

2000 x 4000

80 Grade

140

on application

150

on application

160

on application

400 Grade

500 Grade

Bisalloy brand is commonly stocked.


Other brands/sizes/thicknesses are available upon request.
Calculation for plate mass: width x length x thickness x 7.85 = plate weight.
Example: 2.485m x 8.0m x 12mm x 7.85 = 1873kg or 1.873 tonne.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

Product Support
Services

11

Product Support Services

Photography courtesy of Macweld and Stoddart.

www.atlasste els.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: TECHNICAL SERVICES

Technical Services
Atlas Steels has for many years taken a leadership role in the stainless and
special steels market by providing technical service support to users through our
qualied and experienced staff at our distribution and processing operations.
The Atlas Steels Technical Department exists to support our customers and sales
personnel to:
assist with grade selection and metallurgical properties of steel;
assist with product selection to meet specic needs;
assist with the nomination and interpretation of specications;
recommend fabrication procedures;

investigate problems when they occur; and

S11

train staff and those of customers in the use of stainless and special steels.
The Department establishes and maintains the quality standards for product supply from
mills and conducts a testing program to ensure that product sold by Atlas Steels meets
those standards.
Customers are invited to take advantage of the technical service provided by Atlas Steels;
all enquiries can be directed to:

Australia:
Free call: 1800 818 599
Email: tech@atlasmetals.com.au
New Zealand:
Telephone: +61 3 9272 9963
Email: tech@atlasmetals.co.nz

Printed July 2010

www.atlasteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: QUALITY ASSURANCE PRACTICES

Quality Assurance Practices


Quality assurance principles
A principal factor in the performance of an organisation is the quality of its
products and services. Quality is the sum total of the features or characteristics
of a product or service that determines whether it is satisfactory for the
intended end use.
Atlas Steels has a formal quality management system, which has been continually
certied to ISO9001 since 1990. The quality system at Atlas provides the following
benets to our customers:
product identication and traceability at all stages of operations;
product supplied only from approved vendors;

2
S11

product purchased to recognised specications and standards;


mill inspection certicates available with purchases;
systematic and proper storage, packaging and handling of all products;
personnel who identify easily with customer quality needs;
an established inventory management system and procedures based on an integrated
computer network; and
a computerised system of document control, record keeping and handling of nonconforming product.
continual improvement of the quality system;
The Atlas quality assurance system is based on our ongoing commitment to meet our
customers expectations of quality and service. Our commitment to quality management
means we are constantly reassessing our performance and aim to continually improve
our systems and procedures with the aim of maintaining our leadership in the stainless
and special metals distribution industry in Australia and New Zealand.
An important aspect of the Atlas quality system is the ability to trace product from
the original source to end user. This process provides two signicant services to the
customer:
mill inspection certication when required; and
product liability requirements can be complied with.
The mill inspection certicate is the evidence that the product supplied is in conformance
with the appropriate standard specication.

Printed July 2010

www.atlasteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: QUALITY ASSURANCE PRACTICES

Product specications
Most special metal products distributed by Atlas Steels are ordered to ASTM (American
Society for Testing and Materials) specications. Some Australian (AS), Euronorm (EN),
British (BS), Japanese (JIS), German (DIN) and International (ISO) standards are nominated
where appropriate. ANSI/ASME and API specs are also commonly used for uid products.
A list of the most common product specications is contained in the appendices of this
publication.
ASTM standards are frequently issued in dual inch-pound and metric units and are
typically designated as follows: Stainless steel plate, sheet and coil to ASTM
A240/A240M. It is the policy of Atlas to purchase the metric version where one exists, in
this case ASTM A240M.
In the ASTM system general requirements to product specications, which includes
dimensional tolerance, are often given in separate specications, for example, ASTM
A240/A240M refers to A480/A480M for dimensions, etc.

Product traceability

3
S11

Traceability of product achieves two things:


1. it provides correct documentation when a customer requires it (i.e. inspection
certicates); and
2. it enables traceability back to the supplier should there be a product non-conformance.
Traceability within Atlas Steels is based on:
identication data supplied by the mill, with the product. This is typically a heat
number, batch number or bundle number; and
the Atlas batch number is used as an identier for all Atlas product.
Atlas controls the traceability of product up until the time it is delivered to a customer.
From that point it is the customers responsibility to maintain traceability.

Grade colour codes


Colour coding is a method employed as a secondary aid to steel grade identication and
is complementary to marked, tagged or label identication. Products not normally colour
coded are stainless steel tube, sheet and coil, ttings, anges, wire, wire rope and
welding consumables.
Minor deviations from the standard colour are accounted for by a white stripe or band,
which indicates that the product varies in some way from the standard grade, or is
special in some way.

Printed July 2010

www.atlasteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: QUALITY ASSURANCE PRACTICES

In addition some specic grades or product are colour coded as no colour... AtlasCR12
plate and U1004 carbon steel bright bar are not coded even though all other stainless
steel plate and bright bar products are. These products are identiable as the only
uncoded products.
When colour coded product is cut the offcut is also colour coded.

Inspection certicates
Euronorm EN10204 covers test certication. It outlines the type of information to be
included in the certication and nominates the testing authority who should conduct
and sign-off the test certicates.
Type 3.1 test certicates must contain results of tests actually carried out on the batch of
material being certied (type 2 test certicates can contain typical rather than actual
values). Personnel independent of production must have carried out the tests and the
document must contain a statement that the product complies with the order or with
the relevant product specication.

Atlas standard purchasing requirement from mills is for test certication of product to
EN10204, 3.1.

S11

Supplier selection
Atlas aims to have a select group of preferred suppliers that have a proven track record
for commercial, delivery and quality performance.
The list of suppliers comprises a worldwide network of both mill and stockist specialty
metals suppliers. Mills usually provide lower prices, but large overseas stockists can often
deliver quicker.
Before a supplier is included on the Atlas approved vendors listing they must satisfy the
criteria of quality assurance and product approval processes conducted by the Technical
Services Department of Atlas. New suppliers maybe required to submit test samples,
which are evaluated for conformance with recognised standard specications.
Existing suppliers are subjected to random product audits (from product in the
warehouses and from evaluation of customer complaints). Procedures also exist within
Atlas to monitor price competitiveness, delivery and service quality of all suppliers.

Printed July 2010

www.atlasteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: ATLAS PROJECT SERVICES

Atlas Project Services


As experienced market leaders, we have grown from specialists in supply
and distribution of stainless and specialty metals to providers of a total
materials service.

The Atlas Total Materials Service


We offer a total materials service throughout the lifecycle of a project. From inception to
clearance, our service involves:
Supply;
Logistics;
Warehousing; and
Management of all materials; as well as
Support of ongoing maintenance requirements.

Supply

S11

Atlas Steels draws upon its worldwide network of proven steel mills and specialist
distributors, to ensure procurement of the right quality of materials at a competitive rate.
The development and appraisal of our extensive supply network has been carried out
over many years. Our supply partners have been evaluated and selected on the basis of:
reliability, quality of product, technical support, cost-effectiveness and responsiveness
to client needs.

Logistics
We have the logistical knowledge and experience to transport steel and associated
materials to all on-site and off-site warehouses and storage locations worldwide.
We have a detailed understanding of land, sea and air transport and insurance, as well
as the ablitity to deal with complex import and customs requirements and negotiations.
And we dont leave deadlines to chance we see expediting as a critical part of
what we do.

Printed July 2010

www.atlasteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: ATLAS PROJECT SERVICES

Warehousing
Atlas Steels can provide all storage and warehousing infrastructure and personnel on
and off-site throughout the life of the project.
Running a network of warehouses across Australia and New Zealand means that we
understand the importance of the right materials reaching the right yard, and
appropriate storage that prevents substitution.
Where appropriate, we will offer you the use of an existing Atlas warehouse
infrastructure, as well as access to supplier warehouses and stock.

Management
We have more than 70 years of experience in getting materials from the mill to the
end-user economically, at just the right time, and meeting clients quality expectations.
We manage all materials certication and tracking, backed by proven quality assurance
processes. Document control is one of the main components of our support activity. SAP
is our IT platform, but we also have the exibility to integrate into any existing client IT
system.

6
S11

We proactively drive each project. We dont leave timely delivery to chance. Expediting is
a key part of our service, and conducting regular review meetings means that we keep
you informed as to the progress of your project.
Strong relationships with our supply network mean we can also quickly source additional
materials should project requirements suddenly change.

The Right People


The Atlas Steels team comprises experienced specialists in sales, operations, marketing,
procurement and project management.
Our people possess strong technical knowledge, and they understand the specic
requirements of owners, engineering contractors, consultants and construction
contractors involved in major projects.
We have fostered the development of a talented pool of project managers who work
closely with clients on day to day project implementation.

A Wealth of Project Experience


Atlas Steels has impressive project experience with key industrial and resources markets,
including: Oil and Gas, Mining and Minerals Infrastructure, Energy and Water,
Pharmaceuticals, Food and Beverage, Transportation, Defence and Petrochemicals. For
the most recent project reference list, please contact us.

Printed July 2010

www.atlasteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: ATLAS PROJECT SERVICES

Typical products sourced for projects


S10S

Product

Stainless steel

Ferritic
Austenitic
AtlasCR12
Duplex
Super austenitic
Super duplex
Martensitic

Carbon steel
Low alloy steel
Nickel alloys
Copper-nickel alloys
Aluminium
Titanium alloys
Q&T steels

Plate

Sheet
coil strip

Bar

Tube and
Fittings

Pipe and
ttings

Contact the nearest Atlas Steels branch (ref back cover) for your
projects needs.

Printed July 2010

7
S11

www.atlasteels.com.au

www.atlasste els.com.au

Appendices

12

Appendices

Photography courtesy of Macweld and Stoddart.

www.atlasste els.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 12: APPENDICES: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Product specications
Stainless steel wire
Standard

Description

ASTM A313

Chromium-nickel stainless and heat resisting steel spring wire.

ASTM A493

Stainless and heat resisting steel for cold heading and cold forging wire.

ASTM A580

Stainless and heat resisting steel wire.

ASTM A581

Free machining stainless and heat resisting steel wire and wire rods.

ASTM A555/A555M

General requirements for stainless and heat resisting steel wire and wire rods.

JIS G4309

Stainless steel wires.

JIS G4314

Stainless steel wires for springs.

Welding wire
AWS A5.4

Specication for covered corrosion resisting chromium and chromium-nickel steel


welding electrodes.

AWS A5.9

Specication for corrosion resisting chromium and chromium-nickel steel bare and
composite metal cored and stranded welding electrodes and welding rods.

Stainless steel bar


Standard

Description

ASTM A276

Stainless and heat resisting steel bars and shapes.

ASTM A564/A564M

Hot rolled and cold nished age-hardening stainless and heat resisting steel bars and shapes.

ASTM A582

Free machining stainless and heat resisting steel bars and hot rolled or cold nished.

ASTM A193/A193M

Alloy steels and stainless steel bolting materials for high temperature service.

ASTM A194/A194M

Carbon and alloy steel nuts for bolts for high pressure and high temperature service.

ASTM A320/A320M

Alloy steel bolting materials for low temperature service.

ASTM A453/A453M

Bolting materials, high temperature 345 to 827MPa yield strength with expansion
co-efficients comparable to austenitic steels.

ASTM A479/A479M

Stainless and heat resisting steel bars and shapes for use in boilers and other pressure vessels.

ASTM A484/A484M

General requirements for stainless and heat resisting steel bars, billets and forgings.

EN 10088-3

Stainless steels Part 3: Technical delivery conditions for semi-nished products, bars,
rods and sections for general purposes.

Stainless steel hollow bar


Standard

Description

ASTM A511

Seamless stainless steel mechanical tubing.

ASTM A450/A450M

General requirements for carbon, ferritic alloy and austenitic alloy tubes.

DIN 17 456

General purpose seamless circular stainless steel tubes ferritic and austenitic.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

3
S12

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 12: APPENDICES: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Stainless steel at product


Standard

Description

ASTM A167

Stainless and heat resisting chromium-nickel steel plate, sheet and strip.

ASTM A176

Stainless and heat resisting chromium steel plate, sheet and strip.

ASTM A240/A240M

Chromium and chromium-nickel stainless steel plate, sheet and strip for pressure
vessels and general applications.

ASTM A263

Corrosion resisting chromium steel clad plate, sheet and strip.

ASTM A264

Stainless chromium-nickel steel clad plate, sheet and strip.

ASTM A265

Nickel and nickel base alloy clad steel plate.

ASTM A666

Austenitic stainless steel sheet, strip, plate and at bar for structural applications.

ASTM A480/A480M

General requirements for at rolled stainless and heat resisting steel plate, sheet and strip.

EN 10088-2

Stainless steels Part 2: Technical delivery conditions for sheet/plate and strip for general
purposes.

Higher austenitic
ASTM B625

UNS N08904 plate, sheet and strip.

Stainless steel pipe


Standard

Description

ASTM A312/A312M

Seamless and welded austenitic stainless steel pipe.

ASTM A358/A358M

Electric-Fusion-Welded (EFW) austenitic chromium-nickel alloy steel pipe for high temperature
service.

ASTM A409/A409M

Welded large diameter austenitic steel pipe for corrosive or high temperature service.

ASTM A731/A731M

Seamless and welded ferritic and martensitic stainless steel pipe.

ASTM A790/A790M

Seamless and welded ferritic/austenitic stainless steel pipe.

ASTM A450/A450M

General requirements for carbon, ferritic alloy and austenitic alloy steel tubes.

S12

ASTM A530/A530M

General requirements for specialised carbon and alloy steel pipe.

ASTM A999/A999M

General requirements for alloy and stainless steel pipe.

JIS G3459

Stainless steel pipes.

ANSI/ASME B36.19M

Stainless steel pipe.

Higher austenitic
ASTM B673

UNS N08904 welded pipe.

ASTM B677

UNS N08904 seamless pipe and tube.

Low alloy steel bar


Standard

Description

AS 1444

Wrought alloy steels standard and hardenability (H) series and hardened and tempered to
designated mechanical strengths.

ASTM A331

Steel bars, alloy, cold nished.

ASTM A434

Steel bars, alloy, hot wrought or cold nished, quenched and tempered.

ASTM A29/A29M

Steel bars, carbon and alloy, hot wrought and cold nished; general requirements.

ASTM A304

Steel bars, alloy, subject to end quench hardenability requirements.

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 12: APPENDICES: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Stainless steel pipe ttings and anges


Standard

Description

ASTM A182/A182M

Forged or rolled alloy steel pipe anges, forged ttings and valves and parts for high
temperature service.

ASTM A403/A403M

Wrought austenitic stainless steel piping ttings.

ASTM A815/A815M

Wrought ferritic, ferritic/austenitic and martensitic stainless steel piping ttings.

AS 2129

Flanges for pipes, valves and ttings.

ASME B1.20.1

Pipe threads, general purpose (inch).

ANSI B16.5

Steel pipe anges and anged ttings.

ANSI B16.9

Factory-made wrought steel butt-welding ttings.

ANSI B16.11

Forged steel ttings socket-welding and threaded.

ANSI B16.25

Butt-welding ends.

MSS SP43

Wrought stainless steel butt-welding ttings.

BS21

BSP Threading - refer also AS ISO 7-1

ISO 4144

Stainless steel ttings threaded to ISO 7-1.

Stainless steel tube and ttings


Standard

Description

ASTM A213/A213M

Seamless ferritic and austenitic alloy steel boiler, superheater and heat exchanger tubes.

ASTM A249/A249M

Welded austenitic steel boiler, superheater, heat exchanger and condenser tubes.

ASTM A269

Seamless and welded austenitic stainless steel tubing for general purposes.

ASTM A270

Seamless and welded austenitic stainless steel sanitary tubing.

ASTM A450/A450M

General requirements for carbon, ferritic alloy and austenitic alloy steel tubes.

ASTM A554

Welded stainless steel mechanical tubing.

ASTM A791/A791M

Welded unannealed ferritic stainless steel tubing.

ASTM A789/A789M

Seamless and welded ferritic/austenitic stainless steel tubing for general service.

AS 1163

Structural steel hollow sections (dimensional tolerances).

AS 1528, Parts 1 to 4

Tubes (stainless steel) and tube ttings for the food industry.

Higher austenitic
ASTM B674

UNS N08904 welded tube.

ASTM B677

UNS N08904 seamless pipe and tube.

Carbon and alloy steel hollow bar


Standard

Description

ASTM A519

Seamless carbon and alloy steel mechanical tubing.

ISO 2938

Hollow bars for machining.

DIN 1629

Seamless circular unalloyed steel tubes special purposes.

Printed July 2010

5
S12

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 12: APPENDICES: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Carbon steel bar products


Standard

Description

AS 1442

Carbon steels and carbon manganese steels hot rolled bars and semi-nished product.

AS 1443

Carbon steels and carbon manganese steels cold nished bars.

ASTM A576

Steel bars, carbon, hot wrought, special quality.

JIS G4051

Carbon steels for machine structural use.

Carbon steel pipe, tube and ttings


Standard

Description

ASTM A179/A179M

Seamless cold drawn low alloy steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes.

API 5L

Line pipe.

ASTM A53M

Black and zinc coated welded and seamless steel pipe.

ASTM A106M

Seamless carbon steel pipe for high temperature service.

ASTM A105M

Carbon steel forgings for piping applications.

ASTM A234M

Piping ttings of wrought carbon steel and alloy steel for moderate and high temperature service.

BS 3799

Steel pipe ttings, screwed and socket welding for the petroleum industry.

AS 1163

Structural steel hollow sections.

AS 1074

Steel tubes and tubular for ordinary service.

BS 13872

Screwed and socketed steel tube and tubulars.

EN 10241

Steel threaded pipe ttings.

ASME B36.10M

Welded and seamless wrought steel pipe.

S12

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL


SECTION 12: APPENDICES: GRADE COLOUR CODES

Grade Colour Codes


Grade Colour Codes
Grade colour codes
Stainless steels

Alloy steels

Carbon steels

Grade

Colour

Grade

Colour

Grade

Colour

Grade

Colour

303

Light blue

AtlasCR12

No colour

4140

Blue+green

U1004

No colour

304

Lilac

409

Blue

X4150

Hot pink+green

1010

Black

304L

Aqua green

410

Grey

4340

Orange+green

1020

Yellow

310

Brown

416

Beige

En25

Green+green

1030

White

316

Dark green

420

Hot pink

En26

Black+green

1040

Tan

316L

Orange

430

White

4620

Grey+red

1045

Green

321

Black

431

Red

8620

White+red

X1112

Light green

253MA

Serpentine

440C

Yellow

17CrNiMo6

Black+red

1146

Orange

2205

Lime green

630 (17/4PH)

Sunower

En36A

Red+red

1214

Hot pink

En39B

Yellow+red

12L14

Purple

7
S12

Printed July 2010

www.atlassteels.com.au

www.atlasste els.com.au

www.atlassteels.com.au

ATLAS STEELS PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

Distribution Locations
VICTORIA

NORTHERN TERRITORY

NEW ZEALAND

Melbourne

Darwin

Auckland

13-23 Lynch Road


BROOKLYN VIC 3012
Telephone: (03) 9272 9999
Facsimile: (03) 9272 9950
Email: vicsales@atlassteels.com.au

Lot 2847, Pruen Road


BERRIMAH NT 0828
Telephone: (08) 8947 2717
Facsimile: (08) 8947 4010
Email: ntsales@atlassteels.com.au

66 Harris Road
EAST TAMAKI
Telephone: (09) 634 0179
Facsimile: (09) 634 0172
Email: nzsales@atlassteels.co.nz

Shepparton

WESTERN AUSTRALIA

14 McHarry Place
SHEPPARTON VIC 3630
Telephone: (03) 5831 5499
Facsimile: (03) 5831 7955
Email: vicsales@atlassteels.com.au
Wodonga

16 Moloney Drive
WODONGA VIC 3690
Telephone: (02) 6056 7211
Facsimile: (02) 6056 7944
Email: vicsales@atlassteels.com.au

Perth

407 Victoria Road


MALAGA WA 6090
Telephone: (08) 9209 9699
Sales Fax: (08) 9249 2644
Email: wasales@atlassteels.com.au
Kalgoorlie

TASMANIA

Lot 117 Kinclaven Way


WEST KALGOORLIE WA 6430
Telephone: (08) 9022 3911
Facsimile: (08) 9022 3955
Email: wasales@atlassteels.com.au

Launceston

QUEENSLAND

2-4 Derby Street


MOWBRAY TAS 7248
Telephone: (03) 6326 6055
Facsimile: (03) 6326 6145
Email: vicsales@atlassteels.com.au

NEW SOUTH WALES


Sydney

41 Lyn Parade
PRESTONS NSW 2170
Telephone: (02) 9825 7500
Facsimile: (02) 9825 7510
Email: nswsales@atlassteels.com.au
Newcastle

12 Pippita Close
BERESFIELD NSW 2322
Telephone: (02) 4922 5566
Facsimile: (02) 4922 5565
Email: nswsales@atlassteels.com.au

SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Adelaide

9 Capelli Road
WINGFIELD SA 5013
Telephone: (08) 8359 1100
Facsimile: (08) 8359 1122
Email: sasales@atlassteels.com.au

Brisbane

40 Coulson Street
WACOL QLD 4076
Telephone: (07) 3246 9999
Sales:
(07) 3246 9988
Facsimile: (07) 3246 9966
Email: qldsales@atlassteels.com.au
Gladstone

15 Bassett Street
GLADSTONE QLD 4680
Telephone: (07) 4976 9088
Facsimile: (07) 4976 9544
Email: gladstonesales@atlassteels.com.au
Mackay

42A Commercial Avenue


PAGET QLD 4740
Telephone: (07) 4952 3455
Facsimile: (07) 4952 3378
Email: mackaysales@atlassteels.com.au
Townsville

27 41 Toll Street
BOHLE QLD 4818
Telephone: (07) 4774 7316
Facsimile: (07) 4774 7304
Email: townsvillesales@atlassteels.com.au

STRONG IN STEELS SINCE 1939

Christchurch

17 Hammersmith Drive
SOCKBURN
Telephone: (03) 977 9000
Facsimile: (03) 977 9001
Email: nzsales@atlassteels.co.nz
Dunedin

8 Kitchener Street
DUNEDIN
Telephone: (03) 477 2793
Facsimile: (03) 477 1383
Email: nzsales@atlassteels.co.nz
Wellington

2-14 Port Road


SEAVIEW, LOWER HUTT
Telephone: (04) 568 3109
Facsimile: (04) 568 5236
Email: nzsales@atlassteels.co.nz